THE
GOVERNMENT
--------
|
THE
SOCIALIST REPUBLIC OF VIETNAM
Independence - Freedom - Happiness
---------------
|
No.
97/2016/ND-CP
|
Hanoi,
July 1, 2016
|
DECREE
PROVIDING FOR CONTENTS OF STATISTICAL INDICATORS LISTED IN
THE NATIONAL STATISTICAL INDICATOR SYSTEM
Pursuant to the Law on
Government Organization dated June 19, 2015;
Pursuant to the Law on
Statistics dated November 23, 2015;
Upon the request of the
Minister of Planning and Investment;
The Government hereby enacts
the Decree regulating contents of statistical indicators listed in the national
statistical indicator system.
Article
1. Attached herewith contents
of statistical indicators listed in the national statistical indicator system.
Article
2. This Decree shall
enter into force from July 1, 2016.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The Minister of Planning and
Investment shall be responsible for providing guidance on, inspecting, and preparing
a review report on, implementation of the national statistical indicator system./.
PP.
THE GOVERNMENT
THE PRIME MINISTER
Nguyen Xuan Phuc
APPENDIX
CONTENTS OF STATISTICAL INDICATORS LISTED IN THE NATIONAL
STATISTICAL INDICATOR SYSTEM
(Issued
together with the Government’s Decree No. 97/2016/ND-CP dated July 1, 2016)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0101. Land area and composition
I. Definition and
calculation methodology
1. Land area
Total land area of an administrative
subdivision includes area of land of all types within the boundary of each administrative
subdivision defined by legislative regulations.
Figures of land area of an administrative
subdivision shall be obtained from the cadastral authority having competence in
cadastral survey and data publication. Natural land area of an administrative
subdivision next to, or surrounded by, the sea includes area of land of all
types on the mainland and sea islets or islands extended to the mean low tide
waterline recorded in many years. Total area of natural land shall cover
various land types in reliance upon classification criteria. Land area is
normally classified by purposes, land managers and owners.
a) Land area classified by
purposes refers to area of the land portion serving the same purpose within the
territory of an administrative subdivision, including agricultural land,
non-farm land and unused land groups.
- Agricultural land classification
refers to land used for production, research and testing purposes in the
agriculture, forestry, aquaculture, salt industry, and forest protection and
development field. This includes the following types:
+ Annual crop land,
including paddy crop land and others;
+ Perennial crop land;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Protection forest land;
+ Special-use forest land;
+ Aquaculture land,
referring to land specially used for brackish, salt and fresh water
aquaculture;
+ Salt-making land,
referring to a saltern used for salt production;
+ Other agricultural land, including
the land used for construction of glasshouses and other types of houses for the
purpose of growing crops, even including those taking the form of indirect
planting; construction of farms and cages for the purpose of raising livestock,
poultry and other animals permitted by laws; crop, animal and aquaculture
farming land used for study, research and testing purposes; plant and animal
breeding land, and flowering and ornamental plant cultivation land.
- Non-farm land
classification, including land types used for purposes other than those for
which the agricultural land group is used, including the homestead land; land
used for construction of office buildings; land used for national defence and
security purposes; land used for construction of non-business institutions;
land used for non-farm production and business activities; land used for public
purposes; land used for construction of religious and ritual institutions; land
used for construction of cemeteries, burial places, funeral parlours,
crematoria; special-use land next to rivers, brooks, canals, ditches, springs
and water surfaces; other non-farm land.
+ Homestead land, including
rural and urban homestead land.
Rural homestead land refers
to land currently used by households or individuals, including land used for
construction of dwelling houses and public utility facilities, gardens, ponds
located inside the same land plot within a rural residential area.
Urban homestead land
includes land used for construction of dwelling houses and public utility
facilities, gardens, ponds located inside the same land plot within an urban
residential area.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Land used for national
defence and security purposes, including land serving the purposes defined in
Article 61 of the Law on Land.
+ Land used for construction
of non-business institutions, including land used for construction of officers
of non-business institutions; land used for construction of cultural, social,
health care service, education and training, sports and physical exercise,
science and technology, diplomatic and other non-business facilities.
+ Land used for non-farm
production and business, including land used for construction of industrial
zones, industrial clusters, processing and exporting zones, land used for
trading and service activities; land used for construction of non-farm
production facilities; land used for mining operations; land used for building
material and ceramic production activities.
+ Land used for public
purposes, including land used for transportation purposes (airports, airdromes,
inland waterway ports, seaports, railroads, roads and other transportation
works); irrigation works; land associated with historical – cultural sites and
famous landmarks; land used for community events, public recreational and
entertainment parks; land used for construction of energy production
facilities; land used for construction of postal and telecommunications
facilities; market land; land used for waste disposal and treatment, and land used
for other public utility facilities.
+ Land used by religious and
ritual institutions, including land associated with pagodas, churches, chapels,
oratories, mosques, Buddhist temples, abbeys or religious training
institutions; land used for construction of offices of licensed religious
institutions and other religion-related facilities.
+ Religious land, including
land associated with communal houses, temples, holy places, ancestral temples
or clan ancestral houses.
+ Land used for construction
of cemeteries, burial places, funeral parlours, crematoria, referring to the
land used as communal burial areas, or land used for construction of funeral
parlours and crematoria.
+ Land contiguous to rivers,
brook, canals, ditches or springs, referring to the land comprising water
surface of linear hydrographic objects without closed boundaries which create
naturally or artificially-formed land plots used for water drainage or
navigation purposes.
+ Land associated with
special-use water surface, referring to the land comprising water surface of
hydrographic objects existing in the form of a pond, lake or lagoon that have
closed boundaries that create land plots, lie either inside urban, rural
residential areas, or outside these areas, but are not specially used for
aquaculture, hydropower or irrigation purposes.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Unused land
classification, including land types which have not been defined in terms of
their purpose, specifically comprising the followings:
+ Unused flat land,
referring to areas of unused land located in flat areas of plains, valleys and
plateaus.
+ Mountainous, hilly or
sloped land, referring to the unused land situated on sloppy areas in hilly or
mountainous regions.
+ Non-forested rocky
mountains, referring to the unused land existing in the form of a non-forested
rocky mountain.
b) Land area classified by
the criterion of land user
- Land users refer to those
who have received land allocated, leased, or land ownership recognized, by the
State, or currently use land of which tenure has not been recognized by the
State; households or individuals; domestic organizations; foreign entities;
Vietnamese expatriates; residential communities and religious institutions;
foreign-invested enterprises.
- Persons in the exercise of
delegated authority to manage land refer to domestic organizations, residential
communities, joint venture enterprises, wholly foreign-owned enterprises
receiving state-allocated land in the case stipulated by Article 8 of the Law
on Land.
2. Land composition
a) Area of land by purposes
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
b) Area of land by the
criterion of land users
referring to the ratio of
area of the land portion used by the same person, or managed by the person in
the exercise of delegated authority to manage such land within the land area
privately owned by administrative subdivisions, including the ratio of land
used and managed by institutional or individual entities to total area of natural
land.
II. Major classifications
- Purposes;
- Subjects of use and
management;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
III. Release period: Annual.
IV. Data sources
- Land resource inventory
checking and land use mapping;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
V. Regulatory entities
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment.
0102. Population and
population density
I. Population
General definition
Population refers to the
collection of people living in the same country, region, geographically
economic region or administrative subdivision.
In the statistical context,
population data are collected on the basis of defining the de facto population
of residents in a household who are permanently living in that household for a
period of more than 6 months before the start date of statistics, newborn
babies born before the start date of statistics and persons and new incoming
residents who intend to settle down in that household, regardless of whether
they have obtained permission to permanently reside at communes/ wards/ town
districts where they are living, and temporary absentees. The de facto
population of residents living in a household:
Persons actually living in a
household for a period of more than 6 months before the start date of
statistics.
New incoming residents who
have moved in a household for a period of fewer than 6 months, but intend to
settle down in that household, and newborn babies born before the start date of
statistics, regardless of whether they have obtained any valid documentary
evidence of such movement.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The population indicator
shall be specifically categorized into the following sub-indicators:
1. Average population
- Definition and calculation
methodology
The average population
refers to the average size of population for an entire period which is
calculated according to several common methods, including:
+ In cases where only data
collected at two points of time (both start and end point of a short statistical
period which is usually one year) are available, the following formula shall be
applied:
Ptb
=
P0
+ P1
2
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Ptb: Average
population;
P0: Population estimated
at the beginning of a statistical period;
P1: Population estimated
at the end of a statistical period.
+ In cases where data collected
at regular time intervals, the following formula shall be applied as follows:

Where
Ptb: Average
population
P0,1...,n:
Population estimated at points of time variable within 0, 1,..., n
n: The number of regular
time intervals.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.

Where
Ptb1: Average
population estimated in the first time interval;
Ptb2: Average
population estimated in the second time interval;
Ptbn: Average
population estimated in the nth time interval;
ti: Length of the
ith time interval.
- Major classifications: Sex;
ethnicity; religion; age; marital status; educational attainment level;
professional and technical qualification; urban/rural; centrally-governed
province/city.
- Release period: Annual.
- Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Mid-year population and
housing survey;
+ The annual population
figure, which is calculated on the basis of the original population data collected
by means of the latest population census, and population changes (births,
deaths, outward moves, inward moves) according to the population balancing
equation. Population changes are calculated on the basis of demographic rates
(birth, death, inward and outward move rates) obtained through population change
and family planning surveys, or population and housing censuses.
- Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
2. Population by sex
- Definition and calculation
methodology
The gender ratio indicates
the number of males per 100 females in a given population.
The formula commonly used
for calculation of sex differences is the following sex ratio:
Sex
ratio
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
x 100
The
number of females
- Major classifications: Age/age
group; marital status; educational attainment level; ethnic group (5-year
classification by 10 ethnic groups with the largest population, and annual
classification by 2 major groups which are Kinh and other ethnic groups);
religion (based on population and housing censuses)
- Release period: Annual.
- Data sources
+ Population and housing
census;
+ Mid-year population and
housing survey;
+ Generalized inference or
estimation from results of sample surveys of population change and family
planning.
- Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Definition and calculation
methodology
Age indicates a period of
human life, measured from the birth date to the specified date. In population
statistics, age is measured in the number of complete years (excluding the number
of days or months between a complete year), and commonly called the rounded
age.
The rounded age is
determined as follows:
If the birth month is
greater than (comes before) a survey month, then
Rounded
age = Survey year - Birth year
If the birth month is
greater than (comes after), or falls into the survey month, then
Rounded
age = Survey year - Birth year - 1
- Major classifications: In
addition to population classified by age, the age composition of population is
also classified into 5-year age groups or 10-year age groups in which the 0-year
age group is kept apart. Hence, age groups are classified by the following cohorts:
+ 5-year age cohorts:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1 – 4 years;
5 – 9 years;
10 – 14 years;
...
75 – 79 years;
80 – 84 years;
85 years and over.
Particularly, 1 – 4 years of
population age may be classified into separate age groups.
+ 10-year age cohorts:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1 – 9 years;
10 – 19 years;
20 – 29 years;
...
70 – 79 years;
80 – 89 years;
90 years and over.
For the purpose of thematic
studies on education - training, population fertility, employment and economy,
population is classified into age groups appropriate to studies on school age, age
for completion of all educational levels, childbearing age, working age, etc.
- Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Population and housing
census;
+ Mid-year population and
housing survey;
+ Generalized inference or
estimation from results of sample surveys of population change and family
planning.
- Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
4. Population by marital
status
- Definition and calculation
methodology
Marriage indicates the
relationship between a wife and husband after marriage.
- Major classifications
+ Unmarried, or never
married;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Widowed (Deceased spouse
and currently unremarried);
+ Widowed (Deceased spouse
and currently unremarried);
+ Separated (married, but no
longer living together as husband and wife).
- Release period: Annual.
- Data sources
+ Population and housing
census;
+ Mid-year population and
housing survey;
+ Generalized inference or
estimation from results of annual sample surveys of population change - family
planning.
- Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Definition and calculation
methodology
A person’s educational attainment
level indicates the highest grade in the national education system that such
person has attended.
According to the Law on
Education, the national education system is composed of formal and continuing
education. Formal education includes early childhood education, general
education, vocational education and higher education.
Definitions mainly used for
collection of data on educational attainment level of population are described
as follows:
School attendance status
indicates actual conditions of a person who is attending a state-accredited
educational institution within the national education system, such as early
childhood, primary, lower secondary, upper secondary schools/ classes,
vocational schools/classes, and professional secondary schools and over of
different education - training types, in order to receive general education,
technical or professional knowledge in a logical manner.
Literacy is defined as a
person’s ability to read, write and fully understand simple sentences created
by a national or foreign language.
The highest educational
attainment level is composed of the following categories:
+ General education: As for
a general education dropout, this level indicates the highest secondary grade
that this person has completed; as for an existing general education learner,
this level indicates the preceding secondary grade that this person has
completed (= current grade - 1);
+ Vocational education: this
level indicates persons who have graduated from elementary, secondary or
collegiate-level vocational schools;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Professional
post-secondary education: this level indicates persons who have graduated from
professional colleges;
+ Undergraduate education:
this level indicates persons who have graduated from junior colleges or
universities;
+ Postgraduate education:
this level indicates persons who have graduated from master's, doctorate or
science doctor’s degree.
- Major classifications
+ School attendance status:
Attending school; Attended school; never attended school;
+ The highest educational
attainment level: illiterate (or unable to read and write); literate (or able
to read and write); not completed primary education level; completed primary
education level; completed lower secondary education level; completed upper
secondary education level; completed elementary vocational school; completed
secondary vocational education level; completed vocational college education level;
completed professional secondary education level; completed professional
college education level; completed undergraduate education level; completed
master’s, doctorate/ science doctor’s degree.
- Release period: Annual.
- Data sources
+ Population and housing
census;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Generalized inference from
results of sample surveys of population changes – family planning, labor –
employment, or other thematic surveys.
- Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
6. Population by ethnicity
- Definition and calculation
methodology
For the purpose of
demographic statistics, ethnicity data are collected on the basis of ethnic
self-identification by survey respondents. A person is most often identified as
his/her father’s ethnicity. In several matriarchal ethnic groups, a person’s
ethnicity is identified with that of the mother.
- Major classifications
+ Demographic
characteristics; sex; age; marital status; fertility, mortality and migration,
etc.;
+ Socio-economic
characteristics: educational attainment; economic activity, etc.
+ Classifications by
geographical regions or administrative subdivisions.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Data sources
+ Population and housing
census;
+ Mid-quinquennial
population and housing survey.
- Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
7. Population by religion
- Definition and calculation
methodology
For the purpose of
statistical survey, religion is understood in two different modes:
+ Persons having faith or
belief in a specific religious doctrine;
+ Persons admitted as
followers of a religion. The difference between a follower and believer is
that, in addition to belief or faith, a follower must meet certain standards
and must be admitted to become fellowship of a religion by a religious
institution.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Sex;
+ Administrative subdivision;
+ Religion.
- Release period: Quinquennial.
- Data sources
+ Population and housing
census;
+ Mid-quinquennial
population and housing survey.
- Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
II. Population density
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Population density is
defined as the number of people per one square kilometer of land area.
Population density is
calculated by dividing population (at a point of time or on average) of a
specified residential area by land size within that area. Calculation of
population density may be applied to the entire country or a particular region
or area (rural, urban or economic region or area); specific provinces,
districts or communes, etc. in order to reflect the geographic population
distribution in a defined time period.
Calculation formula:
Population
density (people/km2)
=
Total
population (people)
Land
area (km2)
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Land resource inventory
checking and land use mapping.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0103. Sex ratio at birth
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Sex ratio at birth refers to
the number of boys per 100 girls in total children born alive within a
reporting period (usually one year) in a given area or region.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
The
number of boys born alive in a given area or region within a reporting period
x
100
The
number of girls born alive in a given area or region within a reporting
period
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey;
- Administrative data.
5. Regulatory bodies responsible
for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: the Ministry
of Health.
0104. Crude birth rate
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Crude birth rate indicates
the number of live births per 1,000 population during a given year.
Calculation formula:
CBR(‰)=

Where:
B: The number of births in a
given year;
P: Average population (or
mid-year population).
2. Major classifications
- Child sex;
- Urban/ rural;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey;
- Demographic and health
survey;
- Administrative data.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Total fertility rate (TFR) is
defined as the average number of live births born to a woman (or a group of
women) if that woman (or that group of women) is subject to age-specific
fertility rates in a given year during childbearing years (in other words, if a
woman were to experience age-specific fertility rates for women aged from 15,
16, 17 to 49 years).
Calculation formula:

Where:
Bx: the number of
live births registered during the year born to women aged (x);
x: an interval of one year
of age;
Wx: the midyear
population of women aged (x).
The age-specific fertility
rates are cumulated from x = 15 to x = 49.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Calculation formula:

Where:
Bi: the number of
live births registered during the year to women in the age group (i);
i: an interval of 5
successive single years;
Wi: the mid-year
population of women of the same age group (i).
The purpose of the factor 5
in the formula is to apply the average rate for the age group to five successive
single years so that the sum of the age-specific rates will be commensurate
with that in the first TFR formula.
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey;
- Administrative data.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0106. Crude death rate
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Crude death rate represents
the number of dead births per 1,000 population during a given period (usually
one calendar year). Like the crude birth rate, the crude death rate is affected
by a great number of population characteristics, particularly population age
composition. The crude death rate is used as an integral part of calculation of
the rate of natural increase in population and the population growth rate.
Calculation formula:
CDR(‰)=

Where:
CDR: Crude death rate;
D: the number of deaths;
Ptb: Average
population (or mid-year population).
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Urban/ rural;
- Regions and
centrally-governed province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey;
- Administrative data.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0107. Population growth rate
I. Rate of natural
population increase
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The rate of natural population
increase refers to the difference between the number of live births and the
number of deaths compared to average population during the study period, or
equals the difference between the crude birth rate and the crude death rate of
population in a period (usually a calendar year).
Calculation formula:
NIR =
x 1000 = CBR - CDR
Where:
NIR: Natural increase rate;
B: The number of births in a
given year;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Ptb: Average
population (or population estimated as of July 1) of a given year;
CBR: Crude birth rate;
CDR: Crude death rate.
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Population change and
family planning survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
II. Population growth rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The population growth rate (shortly
called the growth rate) refers to the rate whereby population size increases
(or decreases) in a given time period (usually a calendar year) due to natural
increase and net migration, expressed as a percentage of the average population
(or mid-year population).
Calculation formula:
GR =
CBR - CDR + IMR - OMR
Where:
GR: Growth rate;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
CDR: Crude death rate;
IMR: In-migration rate;
OMR: Out-migration rate.
Or: GR = NIR + NMR
Where:
NIR: Natural increase rate;
NMR: Net migration rate.
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and family
planning survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0108. Rate of in-migration,
out-migration and net migration
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
In-migration rate refers to
the number of people entering one administrative subdivision from another
subdivision (out-migration place) to take up residence in a study period
(usually a calendar year), expressed per 1,000 residents in that subdivision
(in-migration place).
Calculation formula:
IMR
(‰)=
x 1.000
Where:
IMR: In-migration rate;
I: The population of
in-migrants in a given year;
Ptb: Average
population (or mid-year population).
b) Out-migration rate
Out-migration rate refers to
the number of people leaving one administrative subdivision to take up
residence in a study period (usually a calendar year), expressed per 1,000
residents in that subdivision.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
OMR (‰)=
x
1.000
Where:
OMR: Out-migration rate;
O: The population of
out-migrants in a given year;
Ptb: Average
population (or mid-year population).
c) Net migration rate
Net migration rate refers to
the difference between population of in-migrants and out-migrants of an
administrative subdivision in a study period (usually a calendar year),
expressed per 1,000 residents in that subdivision.
Calculation formula:
NMR
(‰) =
x 1.000
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
NMR: Net migration rate;
I: The population of
in-migrants in a given year;
O: The population of
out-migrants in a given year;
Ptb: Average
population (or mid-year population).
Or: NMR = IMR - OMR
Where:
NMR: Net migration rate;
IMR: In-migration rate;
OMR: Out-migration rate.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Sex;
- Urban/ rural;
- Regions;
centrally-governed province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0109. Life expectancy at
birth
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Life expectancy at birth is
defined as the main statistical indicator in the life table, expressing average
number of years that a newborn is expected to live if current mortality rates
continue to apply.
Calculation formula:


Where:
e0: Life expectancy
at birth;
T0: The number of
years a newborn in the Life Table is expected to live;
l0: The number of
people who survive to age 0 in the Life Table (the initial cohort of live
births is observed).
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The Life Table (also called
mortality table) is a statistical table including indicators displaying mortality
rates and survival probability from this age to another age of population. The
Life Table indicates how many persons survive to ages 1, 2,..., 100,..., from an
initial birth set (in a given cohort), including how many people at each age
will die and cannot survive to the next age; to what extent people reaching
specific ages will have the probability of surviving and dying; how long a
person is expected to live.
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0110. Disability rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Disability rate refers to
the percentage of people with disabilities in total population.
Disabled persons are those
who have one or more impaired or incapacitated body parts expressed in the form
of an impairment which cause difficulties in working, living or learning
activities.
Disabled persons shall be
identified according to the WHO’s ICF approach whereby capacity and extent of performance
of functions of body structure are evaluated to measure disability.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
The
number of disabled persons
x 100
Population
estimated at the same time period
2. Major classifications
- Type;
- Level;
- Cause;
- Age group;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
4. Data sources: Disability
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0111. The number of marriages
and singulate mean age at marriage
I. The number of marriages
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Marriage refers to the
husband and wife relationship between a man and a woman in accordance with the
Law on marriage and family concerning marriage eligibility requirements and
registration.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
a) Men reach 20 years of age
or over, and women reach full 18 years of age and over;
b) They make their voluntary
decision to enter into a marriage;
c) They do not lose their
civil capacity;
d) Their marriages are not
subject to any marriage ban in accordance with the Law on Marriage and Family.
For the purpose of providing
a comprehensive view of the number of marriages, a statistical report shall
reflect actual conditions of marriages, including:
- Marriages conforming to
eligibility requirements set out by the Law on Marriage and Family;
- Marriages conforming to
eligibility requirements set out by the Law on Marriage and Family, but not
registered;
- Marriages not conforming
to eligibility requirements set out by the Law on Marriage and Family;
- Child marriage;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
For the purpose of
maintaining significance of statistical analyses, this indicator shall be
calculated through the marriage rate (or the crude marriage rate).
Calculation formula:
MR
(‰)
=
The
number of male-female couples establishing husband-wife relationships
x
1.000
Average
population
Where: MR represents the (crude)
marriage rate.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Region; centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey;
- Administrative data.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
II. Singulate mean age at marriage
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Singulate mean age at
marriage (SMAM) refers to the average number of years of single life lived by a
person in a cohort during lifetime on the assumption that the proportions
single by age in this cohort are equal to the proportions single obtained as of
the survey period.
Singulate mean age at
marriage is one of the basic indicators in the Nuptiality table calculated by
total of persons/year of a single cohort (Ts) divided by the
original total of that cohort (l0). After several calculations, the
abovementioned overall method shall be simplified into the following formula:
SMAM
= 
Where:
SMAM: Singulate mean age at
marriage;
RS2: The number
of persons/years of single life of a cohort;
RS3: The number
of persons/years of single life of never-married persons;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Urban/ rural;
- Region; centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Justice.
0112. Percentage of children
under age 5 whose births are registered
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Children under age 5 whose
births are registered refer to the number of children aged under 5 from the
birth date, and granted birth certificates in accordance with laws.
Percentage of children under
age 5 whose births are registered represents how many children have been
registered in birth registration records per 100 children.
Calculation formula:
Percentage
of children under age 5 whose births are registered (%)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
number of children under age 5 whose births have been registered as of
December 31 in the reporting year
x
100
The
number of children under age 5 estimated as of December 31 in the reporting
year
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Population change and
family planning survey;
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Justice, the Ministry of Health.
0113. Number of registered
deaths
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Number of registered deaths
indicates the number of deaths registered in a study period (usually a calendar
year starting from January 1 to December 31), including those identified by
court judgements/ decisions, already registered as changes in the civil
registration record in accordance with the Law on Civil Registration, or
registered within or beyond the stipulated time limit.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The number of domestic death
registrations with the Commune-level People’s Committee plus the number of foreign
element-involved death registrations with the judicial office throughout the
nation (even including deaths declared by court judgements/ decisions, and
already registered as changes in the civil registration record in accordance
with the Law on Civil Registration) within a given time period. This addition
applies to the on-time and delayed registrations of deaths, exclusive of
re-registration.
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Justice.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
02. Labor, employment and
gender equality
0201. Labor force
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Labor force (also called
economically active population) comprises persons aged 15 and older who are
employed or unemployed during a specified time reference (7 days prior to the
observation time).
2. Major classifications
a) Quarterly release data
shall be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Region.
b) Annual release data shall
be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Age group;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Labor
and employment survey.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0202. Number of employed in
the economy
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The employed refers to all
of persons at age 15 years or older who are, in a given reference time, involved
in any work activity (if such activity is not prohibited by laws) that lasts
for more than 01 hours to produce commodities or provide services in order to
earn income for their own and families.
Employed people comprises
people who do not work in a specified study week, but have a job to which they
are connected (they are still paid salaries/ wages during their time-off from
work, or definitely return to work after a period of not more than 01 month).
Additionally, people are
considered employed in the following specific circumstances:
a) They work for the purpose
of receiving salaries, wages or incomes, but are currently participating in
training sessions or skill improvement activities to meet work requirements set
out by their employers;
b) Apprentices or interns
(even including doctors who work as medical interns) work and receive salaries
or wages;
c) They work for business
households/ economic institutions of their own to produce goods and supply services;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
dd) Persons are searching
for jobs, but have been offered a job on which they have to spend more than 1
hour to earn income in a given reference period;
e) Persons register or
receive unemployment insurance covers, but have been offered a job on which
they have to spend more than 1 hour to earn income in a given reference period;
g) Persons work for the
purpose of receiving salaries, wages or income which are not directly paid to
them, but accumulated into an overall income of their families. These people
comprise:
- People working for
business entities organized by one family member who is living in the same
household or another household;
- People performing parts or
duties of paid work arranged by one family member who is living in the same
household or another household.
2. Major classifications
a) Quarterly release data
shall be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Economic sector;
- Urban/ rural;
- Region.
b) Annual release data shall
be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Age group;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
- Economic activity;
- Economic sector;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Work position;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Labor
and employment survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0203. Percentage of trained
employees
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
a) Employees have been
trained at a professional or technical schools or educational institution in
the national education system in at least 03 months, and have graduated from or
obtained a degree/certificate at a certain professional or technical level,
including vocational elementary, secondary, college, professional secondary, college,
undergraduate and postgraduate (master’s, doctor’s and science doctor’s)
degree.
b) Or employees who have not
been trained in any educational institution, but acquire by self-teaching
activities, inherit, or attend on-the-job training classes to gain, vocational
skills or hands-on experience equivalent to level-1 qualifications conferred to
technical workers who have obtained the same-trade degrees and actually work on
this kind of work for at least 3 years (otherwise called non-degreed/non-certificated
technical worker).
Calculation formula:
Percentage
of trained employees (%)
=
The
number of trained employees
x
100
Labor
force
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Sex;
- Urban/ rural;
- Region.
b) Annual release data shall
be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0204. Unemployment rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Unemployed people refer to
persons at age 15 or older who are, in a given reference period, having all of
the following elements, such as currently not working, currently searching for
work and willing to work.
The number of unemployed
people also comprises persons who are not currently employed and willing to
work, but in a given reference period, fail to find a job because:
- They have certainly had a
job or a business activity to start after a given reference period;
- They have to temporarily
leave from work (receiving no salary or wage, or uncertainly getting back to
previous work) because of their workplace’s downsizing or closure;
- They are on seasonal
vacation;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Unemployment rate can be
defined as an indicator displaying percentage used for comparing the number of
unemployed and labor force.
Unemployed people comprises
students/learners/retirees who are searching for a job (full-time or part-time)
and willing to work in a given reference period; homemakers or housewives doing
housework for their families but would be willing to take up a job in a given
reference period.
Calculation formula:
Unemployment
rate (%)
=
The
number of unemployed
x
100
Labor
force
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Urban/ rural;
- Region.
b) Annual release data shall
be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Age;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0205. Underemployment rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Underemployed people
comprise persons who are employed, but in a given reference period (07 days
prior to the observation date) meet all 3 following criteria:
a) They wish to work
overtime, which means that they wish to do more work to increase their working
hours; wish to replace one or more work that they are doing with another work
so that they can work overtime; wish to increase working hours of one of work
duties that they are assigned; or wish to have access to combined 3 said
options.
b) They are ready to work
overtime, which means that, in the ongoing time (for instance, the ongoing week),
if work opportunities arise, they will be ready to work overtime right away.
c) In fact, they have done
all of their assigned work below a specified time threshold in a given
reference period. While worldwide countries are applying 40 hours/week working
system, the working hour threshold used for determination of underemployment in
Vietnam is less than 35 hours in a reference week.
The underemployment rate indicates
the number of underemployed per 100 employed people.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Underemployment
rate (%)
=
The
number of underemployed
x
100
The
number of employed
2. Major classifications
a) Quarterly release data
shall be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Region.
b) Annual release data shall
be arranged into the following classifications:
- Sex;
- Professional and technical
qualification;
- Economic activity;
- Economic sector;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0206. Social labor
productivity
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Social labor productivity
refers to an indicator reflecting efficiency of persons employed, commonly
measured by the average gross domestic product per a person employed in a given
reference period, usually a calendar year.
Calculation formula:
Social
labor productivity (VND/person employed)
=
Gross
domestic product (GDP)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
The classification of social
labor productivity shall be subject to that of the gross domestic product and
the average number of persons employed. In current data conditions, labor
productivity is classified by economic industry (or activity) and economic
sector.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources
Data used for calculation of
social labor productivity is obtained from two following sources:
- Annual GDP data measured
by the General Statistics Office from statistical surveys, statistical report
regulations at the ministerial or sectoral level;
- Labor and employment
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Income for an employed
person indicates income earned from wages, salaries and other sources of income
that have the nature of salary, including overtime pays, bonuses, allowances,
self-employment income, etc. of salary employees in the economy. These types
of income may be paid in cash or in kind.
Average income for an
employed person indicates total actual average income per one salaried employee
or self-employed person.
Calculation formula:
Average
income for a person employed
=
∑
Wi x Li
∑
Li
Where:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Li: The number of salaried
employees estimated at the survey time;
Wi: Income for a salaried
employee in a given reference time.
2. Major classifications
- Profession;
- Economic sector.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Labor
and employment survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Rate of females
participating in local-level party committees refers to percentage of women
holding various positions in local-level party committees compared to the
number of persons participating in local-level party committees.
Calculation formula:
Rate
of females participating in local-level party committees (%)
=
The
number of females participating in local-level party committees in a
specified term
x
100
Total
persons participating in local-level party committees in the same term
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Ethnicity;
- Age group;
- Academic attainment;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: In
the beginning of each term.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Organization Department of the Communist Party Central Committee.
0209. Rate of National
Assembly’s female deputies
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Rate of National Assembly’s
female deputies indicates percentage of National Assembly’s female deputies per
the number of National Assembly’s deputies in the same term.
Calculation formula:
Rate
of National Assembly’s female deputies (%)
=
The
number of National Assembly’s female deputies in the term k
x
100
The
number of National Assembly’s deputies in the same term
2. Major classifications
- Ethnicity;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Academic attainment.
3. Release period: In
the beginning of each term.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
National Assembly’s Office.
0210. Rate of People's
Council female deputies
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Rate of female deputies of
People’s Council at the level of a province/city, urban/rural
district/town/city, or commune/ward/town district, refers to percentage of
People’s Council female deputies per the number of People’s Council deputies in
the same term.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
The
number of People's Council female deputies at the level t in the term k
x
100
The
number of People's Council deputies at the level t in the term k
2. Major classifications
- Administrative level;
- Ethnicity;
- Age group;
- Academic attainment.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Home Affairs.
0211. Rate of female
government leaders
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Rate of female government
leaders refers to percentage of females taking up positions as leaders of
governments compared with the number of government leaders.
Vietnam's system of
government comprises:
a) Bodies in the exercise of
state powers, including the National Assembly at the central level, and
People’s Council at the local levels directly appointed by the people and
acting on behalf of the people to exercise state powers;
b) Administrative bodies,
including the Government at the central level and People’s Committee at the
local levels appointed by respective power bodies;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
d) Procuracy bodies,
including the Supreme People’s Procuracy, high-level People’s Procuracy and local-level
People’s Procuracy.
Government leadership
positions comprise:
- At the central level:
+ President, Deputy
President of the National Assembly; Head and Vice Head of a National Assembly’s
committee; Chairperson and Vice Chairperson of the Ethnic Council; Director and
Vice Director of a Department;
+ The State President,
Deputy State President;
+ Prime Minister, Deputy
Prime Minister;
+ Minister, Head of
Minister-level bodies; Deputy Minister and equivalent; Director, Deputy General
Director of a General Department and equivalent ; Director, Vice Director of an
Administration or Authority and equivalent; Director, Vice Director of a
Department and equivalent;
+ Chief Justice, Deputy
Chief Justice of the Supreme People’s Court; Chief Justice, Deputy Chief
Justice, Judge and Vice Judge of the high-level People’s Court; Director, Vice
Director of a General Department and equivalent; Director, Vice Director of an
Administration or Authority and equivalent; Director, Vice Director of a
Department and equivalent;
+ Chief Procurator, Deputy
Chief Procurator of the Supreme People’s Procuracy; Director, Deputy General
Director of a General Department and equivalent; Director, Vice Director of an
Administration or Authority and equivalent; Director, Vice Director of a
Department and equivalent.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Chairperson, Deputy
Chairperson of the provincial-level People’s Council;
+ Chairperson, Deputy
Chairperson of the provincial-level People’s Committee; Director, Vice Director
of a Department and equivalent;
+ Chief Justice, Deputy
Chief Justice, Judge, Deputy Judge of the provincial-level People’s Court;
Chief Procurator, Deputy Chief Procurator of the provincial-level People's
Procuracy.
- At the district level:
+ Chairperson, Deputy
Chairperson of the district-level People’s Council;
+ President, Vice President
of the district-level People’s Committee; Head, Vice Head of a professional
division governed by the People’s Committee.
+ Chief Justice, Deputy
Chief Justice, Judge, Deputy Judge of the district-level People’s Court; Chief
Procurator, Deputy Chief Procurator of the district-level People's Procuracy.
- At the commune level:
+ Chairperson, Deputy
Chairperson of the commune-level People’s Council;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Calculation formula:
Rate
of female government leaders (%)
=
The
number of female government leaders in the term t
x
100
The
number of government leaders in the same term
2. Major classifications
- Group of state bodies;
- Administrative level;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Age group;
- Academic attainment.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Home Affairs, the National Assembly’s Office, the Supreme
People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuracy.
03. Business enterprises,
and economic, administrative and non-business institutions
0301. The number of
institutions and employees working for economic or non-business institutions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Economic, non-business
institutions (grassroots-level institutions) are defined as:
- locations where
production, trading, service provision, non-business, political - social -
occupational, social, social-occupational, religious and ritual institution’s,
etc., activities directly take place;
- having the governing
entity or person in charge of operations at these locations;
- having definite addresses;
- having regular or periodic
operating time (depending on seasons or business practices, etc.).
Grassroots-level
institutions may refer to a factory, workshop, branch, representative office,
hotel, restaurant, shop, production point, sales point, terminal, port, school,
hospital, church, temple or pagoda, etc.
The number of economic,
non-business institution refers to the number of institutions conforming to the
abovementioned definitions, operating in the national economy (except
agriculture, forestry and fishery; the Communist Party, socio-political
organizations, state management, national defence and security and compulsory
social insurance operations) on the statistics date within the territory of
Vietnam.
The number of economic,
non-business institutions comprises:
- The number of institutions
which are head offices of enterprises (a head office of an enterprise refers to
an entity assuming responsibility for managing or administering operations of
other entities within the same organization and management structure of this
enterprise).
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Individual production and
business institutions which are production and business institutions owned or
co-owned respectively by an individual or group of people (individual or
modest-sized ownership), not having obtained registration of their operations
in accordance with the Corporate Law (classified as a type of enterprise).
- Non-business institutions
operating in such sectors as science and technology; education and training;
health care and public aid; sports and culture; religious association
activities, etc. (generally called non-business sector).
b) The number of employees
working for economic, non-business institutions
The number of employees
working for economic, non-business institutions refers to all of the employees
currently working for these institutions as of the statistics date, including
those working full-time; working part-time; working as tenured employees;
working as contract employees (fixed-term or indefinite-term employment
contracts); working for their families without receiving any salary or wage;
working under outsourced employees; working as direct employees; working as
indirect employees, etc., even including persons who are staying away from work
to look for new job offers, or waiting for their retirement benefits, but remain
under grassroots-level institutions' jurisdiction.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Scale;
- Type of institution
(economic, non-business or association-styled);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources: Economic
census.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0302. The number of
institutions and employees working for administrative institutions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) The number of
administrative institutions
Administrative institutions
(grassroots-level institutions) are defined as:
- Locations where the
Communist Party, socio-political organization, state management, national
defence and security and compulsory social insurance operations directly take
place;
- having the governing
entity or person in charge of operations at these locations;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Grassroots-level
institutions may refer to a body or branch of an administrative institution.
The number of administrative
institution refers to total institutions conforming to the abovementioned
definitions, operating in the O sector according to the economic sector
classification system, and performing the Communist Party, socio-political
organizations, state management, national defence and security and compulsory
social welfare operations on the statistics date within the territory of
Vietnam.
b) The number of employees
working for administrative institutions
The number of employees
working for administrative institutions refers to all of the employees
currently working for these institutions as of the statistics date, including
those working as tenured employees; working as contract employees (fixed-term
or indefinite-term employment contracts), even including those who are staying
away from work to wait for new job offers, or expecting their retirement
benefits, but remain under a grassroots-level institution's jurisdiction.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Scale;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Home Affairs.
0303. The number of individual
business households and labor in the agriculture, forestry and fishery
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) The number of individual
business households in the agriculture, forestry and fishery
Individual business
households in the agriculture, forestry and fishery refer to all of the
households having all or a large part of labour directly or indirectly
participating in agricultural, forestry and fishery production,
self-organization of production, discretionary decision on all matters
concerning their own production and business activities.
Agricultural, forestry and
fishery production households comprise those performing the following
operations:
- Cropping activities:
preparing soil, sowing or planting seeds, caring and harvesting agricultural
crops;
- Animal raising activities:
livestock, poultry and other farming;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Forest planting and care;
production of timber and non-timber forest products; forestry services;
- Aquacultural activities:
Fish, shrimp and other seafood farming (including those grown in cages or
rafts) occurring on fresh, salt or brackish water surfaces;
- Fishery production
activities by using engine-driven or manually-operated equipment on fresh, salt
or brackish water surfaces.
b) The number of labor working
for individual business households in the agriculture, forestry and fishery
refers to all of the
working-age persons (males aged from 15 to under 60 years, and females aged
from 15 to under 55 years) of individual business households in the
agriculture, forestry and fishery having capacity to engage in production and
business activities (except for handicapped, incapacitated persons who do not
participate in production or business activities, and working-age learners or
students currently attending classes), regardless of whether they are currently,
or not yet, employed.
2. Major classifications
- Scale;
- Economic sector;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources
- Rural and agricultural
census;
- Mid-period rural and agricultural
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0304. The number of
enterprises, and labor, capital, income, profit of enterprises
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
- Enterprise refers to an
institutional entity having its particular name, property, transaction office,
and obtaining permission for the establishment registration in accordance with
laws to serve business purposes.
With regard to enterprise
types, in order to facilitate sufficient aggregation of statistical data by
economic sectors, enterprises are classified into the followings:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Non-state enterprise,
including domestically-invested enterprises of which the equity capital is
privately owned by a single person or group of persons, or of which not more
than 50% of the charter capital is owned by the State.
+ Foreign-invested
enterprises which are defined as enterprises receiving foreign investments,
irrespective of proportion of equity participations of foreign investors. Section
of foreign-invested entities, including wholly foreign-invested enterprises and
joint ventures between foreign and domestic partners.
- Labour in an enterprise
refers to the number of labour managed, utilized, paid wages or salaries by an
enterprise.
- Capital of an enterprise
refers to all of capital of an enterprise derived from different sources,
including equity and liabilities.
- Income of employees
working for an enterprise refers to aggregation of sums received by employees
in consideration of their participation in operations of that enterprise. Income
of an employee includes salary, bonus, allowance and other benefits having the
nature of salary; social insurance cover paid instead of salary; other earning
which is not included in operating expenses.
- Profit of an enterprise
refers to the amount of profit obtained within a specified year from
production, trading, financial operations and others that arise in the year
prior to the date of payment of corporate income tax (pre-tax profit)
2. Major classifications
- Operating scale;
- Economic activity;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
In particular, labour shall
be further classified by sex.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: Enterprise
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0305. Value added per a
Vietnamese dong of fixed asset value of an enterprise
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Value added per a Vietnamese
dong of fixed asset value of an enterprise refers to the ratio of the aggregate
value added within a given study period to the aggregate fixed asset value
estimated in that period. This indicator represents how many dongs of value
added are generated per one dong of fixed asset value within a given study
period (usually one calendar year).
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.

Where:
H; Value added per a
Vietnamese dong of fixed asset value;
Q: Value added within a
given study period;
K: Average fixed asset value
(based on the residual value) estimated within a given study period.
2. Major classifications
- Scale by capital;
- Economic activity;
- Economic sector;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: Enterprise
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0306. Provision of an
average amount of fixed assets for one employee of an enterprise
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Provision of an average
amount of fixed assets for one employee of an enterprise may be calculated on
the basis of the historical cost of these fixed assets (original cost) or the
residual value of these fixed assets.
Calculation formula:

...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
: Provision of an average
amount of fixed assets for one employee;
:
Value of an average amount of fixed assets of an enterprise used within a given
time period, calculated by average of fixed asset value estimated at the
beginning and end of that period;
: The average number of
employees working for an enterprise within a given time period, calculated by average
of the number of employees defined at the beginning and end of that period.
2. Major classifications
- Operating scale;
- Economic activity;
- Economic sector;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0307. Rate of return of an
enterprise
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) Return on sales ratio
Refers to the comparison
rate between total pre-tax profit obtained from production, trading and other
operations within a given year and total revenue of an enterprise, which is
reflecting how many dongs of profit are produced per one dong of sales within a
specified period.
Calculation formula:
Return
on sales ratio
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Sales
generated within a given period
Where: Sales generated
within a given period, including:
- Net sales generated from
sale of goods and provision of services
Net
sales generated from sale of goods and provision of services
=
Sales
generated from sale of goods and provision of services
-
Deductions
from sales
+ Sales generated from sale
of goods and provision of services reflect total revenue generated from sale of
goods, finished products, investment real estate and provision of services
within a given year in an enterprise.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Financial revenue reflects
income derived from interest, royalties, dividends, distributed profits and
other such income earned within a given year, including:
+ Interest: Interest on
loans, bank deposits, deferred payment sales, instalment payments, investments
in bonds, treasury bills, payment discounts received from purchase of goods or
services, etc;
+ Dividends or distributed
profits;
+ Income generated from
purchase or sale of short-term or long-term securities;
+ Income generated from
recovery or liquidation of equity participations in joint ventures, investments
in associate companies, investments in subsidiary companies and other capital
investments;
+ Income generated from
other investment activities;
+ Exchange rate interest;
+ Interest differential on account
of foreign currency sales;
+ Interest differential on account
of equity transfer;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Other income representing
other revenue and non-operating income generated within a given year,
including:
+ Income generated from disposition,
sale and liquidation of fixed assets;
+ Interest differential on
account of revaluation of raw materials, commodities, fixed assets used as
equity participations in joint ventures, investments in associate companies or
other long-term investments;
+ Income generated from
asset sales and leases;
+ Collections of fees
charged for customer's breach of contracts;
+ Collections of bad debts
which have been written off;
+ Taxes reimbursed by the
state budget;
+ Collections of debts owed
to unknown creditors;
+ Bonuses paid to customers
relating to consumption of goods, products and services, which are not included
in revenue (where applicable);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Income other than the
abovementioned.
b) Return on equity ratio
Refers to the comparison
rate between total pre-tax profit obtained from production, trading and other
operations within a given year and total average equity within a specified
period, which is reflecting how many dongs of profit are produced per one dong
of equity.
Calculation formula:
Return
on equity ratio
=
Pre-tax
profit
Average
equity specified within a given time period
Where:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Total
equity specified in the beginning of a given period + Total equity specified
at the end of a given period
2
2. Major classifications
- Operating scale;
- Economic activity;
- Economic sector;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
04. Investment and
construction
0401. Capital invested for
the entire society
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Capital invested for the
entire society refers to total capital spent on increasing or maintaining
production capacity and resources to improve material and spiritual living
standards for the entire society within a specified period (month, quarter or
year).
Elements of capital invested
for the entire society shall comprise the followings:
a) Capital invested for
formation of fixed assets defined as costs resulting in increases in fixed
asset value, including capital invested in construction of new homes,
architectural objects, purchase of fixed assets which is not carried out
through capital construction process, and costs for major overhauls of fixed
assets (i.e. pecuniary costs for new construction, expansion, re-construction, restoration
or improvement of manufacturing capacity of fixed assets in the economy). All
of costs for construction surveying, design and planning performed as
preparations for investments, together with costs for installation of equipment
which are also accounted for herein.
b) Capital invested in
increasing current assets defined as costs for maintenance and development of
production, including capital invested in purchase of raw materials, main or
auxiliary materials, fuels, replacement parts and capital construction
materials or equipment. This is a current capital which is supplemented during
a study period.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Capital invested for the
entire society shall not comprise investments that have the nature of transfer
of the right to use or own, between individuals, resident households,
enterprises or organizations, etc., but do not make any increase in, fixed or
current assets in the economy on a national scale, such as disposal of land and
houses, shops, equipment, machinery and other used fixed assets.
Capital invested for the
entire society shall be classified by sources of investment capital, investment
items, economic sectors, activities and centrally-governed provinces/ cities
that receive investments.
- By sources of investment
capital:
+ Funds derived from the
State Budget referring to state expenditure used for making preparations for
investments and executing programs or projects for investment in socio-economic
infrastructure, and programs or projects incidental to socio-economic growth as
well as other investing expenditure in accordance with laws.
Funds derived from the State
Budget shall be disbursed as investments in socio-economic infrastructure
projects which are not capable of direct capital redemption or fail to attract
private sector involvements in the sectors or industries stipulated by laws.
Funds derived from the State
Budget comprise investment capital derived from the central government budget
and investment capital derived from the local government budget.
Investment capital having
the nature of state budget which is derived from fees, charges, advertisements,
national lotteries and land reserves, etc. to serve investment purposes shall
be accounted for as the investment capital source derived from the state
budget.
+ Funds derived from
government bonds referring to the source of investment capital derived from
bonds issued by the Ministry of Finance to mobilize capital invested in
specific investment programs or projects qualifying for the state-funded
investments.
On a local scale, local
government bonds refer to the source of investment capital derived from the
type of bond issued by the provincial People's Committee with the aim of
mobilizing investment capital for local investment projects.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Investment projects
qualifying for state investment and development credits are those registered in
the list of projects permitted to receive investment credits which is annexed
to the applicable Decree on state investment credits and export credits.
+ ODA capital and concessional
credits of sponsors referring to investment capital coming into existence from
developmental cooperations between the Socialist Republic of Vietnam and
foreign-state sponsors, international, intergovernmental or interstate
organizations.
ODA capital shall be
composed of non-refundable ODA grants and ODA loans.
Concessional credits are
defined as a form whereby a loan is granted under terms and conditions which
are more preferential than those applied to commercial loans, but its non-refundability
elements have not yet to conform to ODA loan standards.
ODA capital and concessional
credits which are borrowed by the Vietnamese Government for the purpose of
commencing state-run investment programs or projects shall be accounted for as
investment capital derived from the state budget on part of foreign capital.
+ Borrowed capital
comprising capital borrowed from commercial banks and capital borrowed from
other sources. This is an amount of money that project owners borrow from
domestic credit institutions (with the exception of the abovementioned state
investment credits), foreign banks, international organizations, or other
institutions or individuals, for the purpose of investing in production and
business activities.
+ Equity capital referring
to capital possessed by project owners which is produced from profits set aside
for investment purposes; from asset liquidation, fixed asset amortization,
funds, mobilized shares, equity participations of joint venturists, etc.
+ Other capital referring to
capital produced from voluntary contributions, donations, gifts of domestic and
foreign organizations and individuals, and capital mobilized from sources other
than the abovementioned.
- By investment items:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
In particular, investment
capital used for capital construction makes up a largest proportion even though
it does not include site clearance and compensation costs, technical worker and
production manager training costs, land rentals or costs for purchase of the
right to use land.
Investment capital used for
capital construction refers to an indicator reflecting all of the costs
expressed in cash for the purpose of new construction, expansion,
re-construction and restoration of fixed assets within a defined time period,
including surveying and planning costs, costs for investment preparations and
designs, construction costs, costs for purchase and installation of equipment
and other costs which are allowed for in the general budget.
Based on study purposes,
investment capital used for capital construction may be classified by different
criteria. In addition to being classified by economic sectors, provinces/cities
(or regions), investment capital used for capital construction is also
classified by constituents arranged into 3 main groups as follows:
+ Capital invested in construction
and installation of equipment (construction capital) referring to a portion of
investment capital for capital construction spent on construction and
installation of machinery, equipment for construction sites, including costs
for construction works, costs for installation of machinery or equipment at
construction sites, and costs for completion of construction works.
+ Capital invested in
purchase of machinery, equipment (equipment capital) referring to a portion of
capital invested in capital construction which is spent on purchase of machinery,
equipment, tools, instruments, cattle meeting fixed asset standards in
accordance with current regulations, including value of equipment, machinery,
tools, instruments, cattle considered as fixed assets, costs for
pre-installation transportation, storage, processing and inspection thereof. Equipment
capital shall be also composed of value of purchase of installed or
non-installed equipment and machinery.
+ Other investment capital
used for capital construction referring to a portion of capital invested in
capital construction other than both construction and equipment capital,
including costs for consultancy, surveying investment, design, administration,
site clearance, training of employees eligible for acquiring and operating
projects, and other expenses.
- By economic sectors,
investment capital shall be classified into 3 groups of economic sectors:
+ Investment capital
intended for the state economic sector;
+ Investment capital
intended for the non-state economic sector;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- By economic sectors:
Investment capital is classified by economic sectors in the Vietnam standard
industry classification system (VSIC).
- By centrally-governed
provinces/ cities.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a month,
it is classified by level of management (central and local).
b) For a period of a
quarter, it is classified by economic sector.
c) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
- Investment capital source;
- Investment item;
- Economic activity;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Invested capital survey;
- Enterprise survey;
- Non-farm individual production
and business establishment survey;
- Administrative data;
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Finance.
0402. Ratio of capital
invested for the entire society to gross domestic product
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Ratio of capital invested
for the entire society to gross domestic product refers to a percent proportion
of capital invested for the entire society to gross domestic product during a
given time period.
Calculation formula:
Ratio
of capital invested for the entire society to gross domestic product (%)
=
Capital
invested for the entire society within a given year, based on current prices
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Gross
domestic product determined within that year, based on the current prices
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- The same as that mentioned
in 0401;
- The same as that mentioned
in 0501.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0403. Incremental capital
output ratio (ICOR)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The ICOR refers to a general
economic indicator representing how many dongs of incremental investment
capital necessary to generate 1 additional dong of gross domestic product
(GDP). The ICOR factor changes based on actual socio-economic conditions
existing over time periods, investment mechanism and capital efficiency. If the
ICOR factor is low, it indicates high investment efficiency, and vice versa.
Calculation formula:

Where:
ICOR - Incremental capital
output;
V1 – Capital
invested in a study year;
G1 – Gross
domestic product determined in a study year;
G0 – Gross
domestic product determined in the year preceding the study year.
Investment capital and gross
domestic product indicators used as the basis for calculation of the ICOR
factor must be measured based on the same type of price: Current or constant
prices. When calculating this indicator at current prices, that price must be
determined in the same year. Specifically, GDP specified in the year preceding
the study year (G0) must be converted into GDP at current prices in
the study period (the current price used for calculation of G1).
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Economic activity;
- Economic sector.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- The same as that mentioned
in 0401;
- The same as that mentioned
in 0501.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0404. Newly-increased
capacity for the economy
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The newly-increased capacity
for the economy refers to outcomes produced from investment in construction of new
homes, architectural objects, investment in fixed assets which is not made
through capital construction, and investment in repair of fixed assets
(expansion, restoration, improvement of production capacity of fixed assets)
which are expressed the in-kind form, such as construction works, equipment,
machinery and other fixed assets for production purposes ready for use within a
given study period.
The capacity newly increased
within a given year for economic sectors or activities is very great, which is
expressed in different types, including traffic roads, bridges, airports,
seaports, water irrigation works, factories, power plants, hospitals, schools,
television broadcast stations, museums and cultural houses, etc.
Calculation method:
Newly-increased capacity
refers to the designed capacity for performing production operations or being
auxiliary thereto, which is determined in the process of commissioning of fixed
assets. It is expressed in the unit which is the same as that used for
calculation of the designed capacity determined under the process of handing
over these fixed assets before being brought into operation.
In case of expansion,
replacement or step-by-step restoration of fixed assets (including the entire
construction work, single construction work items, equipment or machinery,
etc.), only newly-increased capacity produced from such investments shall be
calculated (calculation of the capacity of preexisting construction works or
construction work items shall not be allowed).
2. Major classifications: Sector
receiving investment.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Invested capital survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Administrative data.
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0405. Construction floor
area of a completely-built house
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The construction floor area
of a completely-built house refers to the gross area of a completely built
house handed over within a given period (usually a calendar year) for living
and daily activity purposes to family households or individual inhabitants.
Calculation method:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
a) Apartment house refers to
an apartment building having at least two storeys, multiple flats, shared
passageways and stairways, privately or commonly-owned spaces, shared facility
systems intended for family households, individuals or organizations, which
comprises apartment buildings constructed for residential and mixed-use (both
residential and commercial) purposes.
With respect to a single
apartment unit, it is the gross living floor area used by a household, exclusive
of the shared area used by single households in an apartment building,
including area of shared stairways, passageways, corridors, kitchens,
restrooms, guard booths and cultural halls, etc.
b) Separate home refers to a
dwelling structure built on a single housing land plot legally owned by an
organization, family household or individual, including villas, attached and
detached homes.
In respect of single family
homes (including villas), it is the gross living floor area used by a
household, inclusive of areas of all sleeping rooms, guest rooms, reading rooms
or recreation rooms, etc., and areas of corridors, stairways and entrance halls
thereof. Calculation of areas of separate homes which are not used for
residential purposes, such as animal farming houses, kitchens, restrooms or
warehouses which are built separately from main houses for residential
purposes, shall not be required.
- With respect to a
single-story home, the gross floor and wall area (areas on which such home's
ceiling or roof is built) of that home shall be calculated. In case of shared
walls and column frames, only half of the area occupied by such walls and
column frames shall be calculated.
- With respect to a multiple-story
home, the gross floor and wall area (areas on which such home's ceiling or roof
is built) of that home shall be calculated. In case of shared walls and column
frames, only half of the area occupied by such walls and column frames shall be
calculated.
- The area of groundfloor
and space underneath a groundfloor, which is not enclosed and used for living purposes,
shall be excluded. Where space underneath the groundfloor is at least 2.1
meters high, is enclosed and used for living or staying purposes, calculation
of area of that space shall be required.

Conventions:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- If kitchen and toilet area
are absolutely separate from (independent of) a house in which a household is
living, even when they are built in close proximity to each other, area of that
kitchen and toilet area shall be excluded from calculation of total area of that
house.
- With respect to a
house/apartment with closed kitchen and toilet area as illustrated above, area
of that house/apartment shall be calculated inside the dotted line.
- If a house/apartment has a
loft having the ceiling height of at least 2.1 m and the minimum area of 4 m2,
the area of this loft shall be included in total area of that house/apartment.
2. Major classifications
- Accommodation type (apartment
house, separate home);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
4. Data sources
- Construction activity
survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Construction.
0406. The number of dwelling
houses, total area of currently existing and used dwelling houses
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of currently existing
and used dwelling houses refers to the total number of apartments in an apartment
building and separate homes actually existing as of the reporting date.
The area of existing and
used dwelling house refer to the construction floor area of dwelling house in
which a family household or individual inhabitant is living or staying, or
currently used, as of the reporting date.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Method for calculation of
the number of existing and used dwelling houses:
+ The number of existing and
used dwelling houses shall be calculated according to the principle whereby
uses of these houses, whether for family household’s or individual inhabitant’s
living or staying purposes, must be identified. Calculation of the number of
such houses which are not used for living or staying purposes, such as
commercial houses, hospitals, schools, houses for rent, hotels, houses used as
warehouses, animal raising farms, kitchens or bathrooms, etc., shall not be
required.
+ Only currently existing
and used dwelling houses, or those ready for residential purposes, irrespective
of lifespan, accommodation type, actual state (determining whether new or old)
and ownership form, shall be calculated.
+ The houses, including
apartment units in apartment buildings, community houses which are not
apartment units, separate homes of family households or individual residents,
currently existing as of the reporting date, shall be all totaled.
- In regard of the method
for calculation of the total area of currently existing and used dwelling
houses, the total floor area of a house/apartment shall be calculated as
follows:
+ With respect to apartment
units in apartment buildings, it is the gross floor area used by a household,
exclusive of the shared areas such as shared stairways, passageways, corridors,
kitchens, restrooms, guard booths and cultural halls, etc.
+ In respect of separate
homes (including villas), it is the construction floor area used for living or
staying purposes by family households or individual inhabitants, inclusive of
areas of all sleeping rooms, guest rooms, reading rooms or recreation rooms,
etc., and areas of corridors, stairways and entrance halls thereof. Calculation
of the area of separate homes which are not used for living or staying purposes
by family households, including animal farming houses, kitchens, restrooms or
warehouses, shall not be required.
The area of groundfloor and
space underneath a groundfloor which is not covered and used for living
purposes shall not be included. Where space underneath the groundfloor is at
least 2.1 meters high, is covered and used for living or staying purposes,
calculation of the area of that space shall not be required.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Apartment house;
- Separate home.
b) Solidity level:
- Fully solid home;
- Semi-solid home;
- Insufficiently solid home;
- Primitive home.
c) Ownership form:
- State-owned house;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Privately-owned house;
- Individually foreign-owned
house.
d) Year of construction.
dd) Urban/ rural.
e) Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-quinquennial
population and housing survey.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Construction.
0407. Average floor space of
dwelling house per capita
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Average floor space of
dwelling house per capital is calculated by dividing the gross living floor area
used by a resident household by the population of household residents.
Calculation formula:
Average
floor space of dwelling house per capita (m2)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
population of household residents
Living floor area refers to
the space used for living and dwelling purposes by household residents,
including the areas of dining, sleeping, study and recreation rooms, and the
space which is altered or expanded to serve living and dwelling purposes. Areas
of subordinate structures (such as bathrooms, restrooms or kitchens), storage
facilities, and the area used for commercial purposes, shall be exempted from
calculation.
2. Major classifications
- Ownership;
- Accommodation type;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
4. Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Mid-quinquennial
population and housing survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator: The
General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Construction.
05. National accounts
0501. Gross domestic product
(GDP)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Gross domestic product is
defined as the value of all the final goods and services produced by the
economy during a given time period (quarter or year). This means that the value
of intermediate goods or services used for making finished products is not
counted. GDP represents the final result of production activity created by resident
institutional units within a specified economic territory of a country.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Consumption (expenditure)
view: GDP is the aggregate demand of an economy, consisting of household final
consumption, government final consumption, asset accumulation, and difference
between imports and exports.
- Income view: GDP is the
sum of compensation of employees generated by their participation in
production, indirect taxes, depreciation of fixed assets used in production and
operating surplus within a given time period.
- Production view: GDP
equals the gross output value minus intermediate consumption.
Calculation method:
a) By current prices
There are 3 approaches of
GDP calculation
- Production approach: GDP
equals the gross value added at a basic price in all economic activities plus
product taxes minus product subsidies.
Calculation formula:
Gross
domestic product (GDP)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
gross value added at a basic price in all economic activities
+
Product
taxes
-
Product
subsidies
- Income approach: GDP
equals the sum of incomes generated by factors of production, such as labor,
capital, land and machinery. For the purpose of this approach, GDP consists of
4 components: Compensation of employees participating in production (in cash
and in kind that may be converted into cash), indirect taxes (less subsidies),
depreciation of fixed assets used in production and operating surplus/ mixed
income.
Calculation formula:
Gross
domestic product (GDP)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Indirect
taxes (less subsidies on production)
+
Depreciation
of fixed assets used in production
+
Operating
surplus or mixed income
- Consumption (expenditure)
approach: GDP is the sum of 3 components consisting of household and government
final consumption, total accumulation of assets (fixed assets, current assets,
rare and precious assets) and total difference between imports and exports of
goods and services.
Calculation formula:
Gross
domestic product (GDP)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Final
consumption
+
Asset
accumulation
+
Difference
between exports and imports of goods and services
b) By constant prices
GDP by constant prices shall
be indirectly calculated by the difference between the total value of
production output and the total value of intermediate consumption at constant
prices (since GDP or value added indicator cannot be decomposed into price and
quantity components, appropriate price indexes are not available to be used for
the direct deflation).
The reporting year’s import
duties are measured at constant prices by the following formula:
The
reporting year’s import duties measured at constant prices
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
reporting year’s total value of imports measured at constant prices
x
The
reporting year’s import duties measured at current prices
The
reporting year’s import value measured at current prices
In addition to calculation
of GDP at constant prices by using the production approach, the consumption
method may be employed to calculate that GDP. This means that GDP at constant
prices equals the sum of final consumption at constant prices, asset
accumulation at constant prices and differences in exports and imports of goods
and services at constant prices.
Final consumption at constant
prices is measured by dividing final consumption by groups of goods and
services by the consumer price index (CPI) or the price index of production of
goods and services measured within a given reporting period in comparison with
that of respective groups thereof measured within a predetermined base period.
Asset accumulation at constant
prices is measured by the following formula:
The
year t’s asset accumulation at constant prices according to specific asset
types
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
price index of production according to asset types measured in the year t
compared with that measured in a given base year
Imports or exports of goods
are measured at constant prices by the following formula:
Total
value of exports/imports measured at constant prices
=
The
reporting year’s total value of exports/ imports measured in USD
Price
index of exports/imports measured in USD in a given reporting year compared
with that measured in a predetermined base year x USD price index
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a
quarter, it is classified by:
- Economic activity and
group of activities;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
b) For a period of 6 months,
9 months or a year, it is classified by:
- Economic activity;
- Economic sector (entire
year);
- Purpose of use (including
asset accumulation, final consumption, difference in exports and imports);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
biannual, triquarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Survey and collection of
information used for calculation of production value and value-added indicators
of non-business units and non-profit organizations;
- Administrative data;
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0502. Structure of gross domestic
product
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Structure of gross domestic
product refers to the proportion of value added which is created by economic
activities/ groups of economic activities and product taxes minus product
subsidies, economic sectors, etc. to the gross domestic product. Structure of
gross domestic product shall be calculated at current prices.
The proportion of GDP
contribution by economic activities (group of economic activities) or economic
sector shall be calculated according to the following formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
Ki: Composition
of ith economic activity, group of economic activities and economic
sector;
Ii: Value
added of ith economic activity, group of economic activities and economic
sector;
GDP: Gross domestic product.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a
quarter, it is classified by:
- Economic activity;
- Purpose of use.
b) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Economic sector;
- Purpose of use.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data source: The
same as the data source used in the indicator 0501.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0503. GDP growth rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) Quarterly, biannual,
triquarterly, annual calculation of GDP growth rate
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The GDP growth rate is
measured at constant prices according to the following formula:
GDP
growth rate (%)
=
GDPn1
x 100 - 100
GDPn0
Where:
GDPn1: GDP at
constant prices in a period of a quarter, 6 months, 9 months or a given
reporting period;
GDPn0: GDP at
constant prices in a period of a quarter, 6 months, 9 months or the year
preceding the reporting year.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Calculation formula:

Where:
dGDP: Average GDP
growth rate estimated in the specified year of a given period; from the time
after the constant-price base year to the nth year;
GDPn: GDP at constant
prices estimated in the last year (nth year) of a given study
period;
GDP0: GDP at
constant prices estimated in the constant-price base year of a given study
period;
n – The number of years
starting from the constant-price base year to the reporting year.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a
quarter, it is classified by:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Purpose of use.
b) For a period of 6 months,
9 months or a year, it is classified by:
- Economic activity and
group of economic activities;
- Economic sector (a period
of a year);
- Purpose of use;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
biannual, triquarterly, annual.
4. Data source: Quarterly
and annual reports on GDP and value added data of economic activities,
groups of economic activities, product taxes or economic sectors, etc. prepared
according to constant prices quoted by the General Statistics Office.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0504. Green gross domestic
product (Green GDP)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Green GDP refers to the
remaining part of GDP after expenses incurred by treatment of waste substances
discharged from production, consumption, and by natural resource depletion and
environmental damages due to economic activities.
Calculation of green GDP,
otherwise known as environmental accounting, in the System of National Accounts
(SEEA) is a step in establishing the complete UN system of national accounts. The
green GDP indicator is calculation on the basis of the method for calculation
of GDP in the system of national accounts.
Green
GDP = GDP - Ω
Ω: Expenses incurred by
treatment of wastes, consumption of natural resources by economic activities,
including:
- Expenses incurred by
treatment of wastes discharged from manufacturing and consumption activities
that need to be treated;
- Value of production of
natural resource extraction industries;
- Land-use costs.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- GDP: The same as the data
source used in the indicator 0501;
- Thematic investigation
into types of pollutants, waste substances, and information on environmental
protection activities and costs;
- Investigation into impacts
of production activities and use of products with environmental impacts;
- Report on GDP and value
added data of economic activities or groups of economic activities.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0505. GDP per capita
(expressed in VND or USD)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
GDP per capita is calculated
by dividing GDP estimated in a given year by the total population estimated in
that year. GDP per capita may be calculated by using either current prices, assigned
local or foreign currency units, or else constant prices with the aim of
measuring the growth rate.
Calculation formula:
GDP
per capita (VND/person)
=
GDP
estimated within a given year (expressed in VND)
Average
population estimated within the same year
GDP per capita in foreign
currency units is calculated by using USD quoted at the current and purchasing
power parity exchange rate.
GDP
per capita (expressed in USD or purchasing power parity).
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Average
VND/USD exchange rate or purchasing power parity estimated within a given
year
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- GDP: The same as the data
source used in the indicator 0501;
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey;
- Average VND/USD exchange
rate, purchasing power parity exchange rate released by the General Statistics
Office with reference to those reported by the State Bank and announced by the
United Nations Statistics Division.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0506. Asset accumulation
Gross asset accumulation
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Gross asset accumulation is
defined as a general economic indicator reflecting expenditure on investment in
fixed assets, current assets, precious and rare assets in a specified time
period. This indicator is total investment in production inputs, only including
produced inputs (such as machinery, construction structures, traffic roads,
bridges, means of transportation, original art – culture pieces, etc.) and
costs of renovation and improvement of capacity of non-produced assets (such as
improvement of capacity of land, natural resources, etc.).
Gross asset accumulation is
arranged into asset classification groups or types, and is calculated at
current and constant prices. <0}
a) Fixed asset accumulation
Fixed asset accumulation
refers to all of the portions of high value assets which are newly increased within
a given time period, used repeatedly and have their useful life span of at
least 1 year for the purpose of performing production operations. Value of
newly-increased asset is produced from results of investments made within a
given year by resident units of economic activities and sectors.
Accumulation of fixed assets,
including tangible and intangible assets, shall cover the following circumstances:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Production units receiving
and liquidating intangible fixed assets;
- Fees for disposal, sale
and purchase of existing tangible and intangible assets, including commissions
paid to business brokers, and fees paid for legalization of asset ownership
rights, etc.;
- Costs of major
improvements of non-produced (non-renewable) tangible assets such as
agricultural land, etc.;
- Costs of major repairs
made for the purpose of increasing production capacity of fixed assets;
- Acquisition of fixed assets
under finance leases.
Calculation method
- Fixed asset accumulation
at current prices
Fixed asset accumulation is
calculated by subtracting fixed assets liquidated from value of fixed assets (even
self-produced assets) received within a given time period by institutional
units.
In effect, based on current
accounting and statistical reporting regulations, there shall be two following
calculation methods:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Accumulation of fixed assets
by specific types is calculated according to the following general formula:
Fixed
asset accumulation
=
Total
closing value of fixed assets at historical cost
-
Total
opening value of fixed assets at historical cost
+
Fixed
asset revaluation increase
-
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2nd method:
Method of capital invested for the entire society
This method requires
information about capital invested in capital construction for the entire
society within a given year. However, not all of capital invested in capital
construction for the entire society shall be accounted for as part of fixed
asset accumulation because a certain portion of capital of this kind is not
associated with any increase in fixed assets, including some portions of
capital used for purchasing current assets as preparations for fixed asset
investment projects, compensations for crops, site clearance, and for constructing
temporary construction tents or camps, etc.
In this method, fixed asset
accommodation shall be calculated according to the following formula:
Fixed
asset accumulation within a specified period
=
Total
capital invested in capital construction for the entire society within a
specified period
-
Investment
capital which does not entail any fixed asset increase
- Fixed asset accumulation
at constant prices:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ With respect to fixed
assets which are dwelling homes, construction structures and other
architectural objects, capital work in progress, the indices of deflated
production value of specific groups of construction activities which are
relative to the abovementioned assets shall be used for calculation of
conversion from current prices into constant prices. The index of deflated
production value of a group of economic activities is equal to the ratio of
production value at current prices and production value at constant prices
within a given reporting year in that group;
+ With respect to fixed
assets which are machinery, equipment or means of transportation, the index of
price of machinery, equipment and means of transportation shall be used for
calculation of conversion into constant prices;
+ With respect to fixed assets
which are crop and animal products, products from crop and animal farming
operations shall be separated for calculation of fixed asset accumulation, and
then the index of deflated crop and animal production value shall be used for
calculation of conversion of respective fixed assets from current prices into
constant prices;
+ With respect to intangible
assets, the consumer price index (CPI) shall be used for calculation of
conversion from current prices into constant prices;
+ With respect to fixed assets
created by reclamation and improvement of land, development of plantations and
orchards, and those which are fees for transfer of rights to use assets, the
index of deflated production value of capital construction industry shall be
used for calculation of conversion from current prices into constant prices;
+ With respect to fixed
assets which are common livestock or poultry, the producer price index of
animal farming products shall be used for calculation of conversion from current
prices into constant prices.
b) Current asset
accumulation
Current assets comprise raw
materials, fuels used for production operations, unfinished products, finished
inventories, goods purchased for resale
Calculation method:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Accumulation of current
assets by specific types is calculated according to the following general
formula:
Current
asset accumulation
=
Closing
value of current assets
-
Opening
value of current assets
+
Current
asset revaluation increase
-
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Current asset accumulation
at constant prices:
For the purpose of
calculation of accumulation of current assets at constant prices, these current
assets need to be classified into the following groups: raw materials, finished
inventories, unfinished products, etc., and then shall be converted into
constant prices by using price indices relevant to each type of fixed asset.
There are specific circumstances as follows:
+ With respect to current
assets which are raw materials or fuels, the index of producer prices by each
group of current assets shall be used for calculation of conversion. Specifically,
the index of producer prices for raw materials shall be used for calculation of
deflation in accumulation of current assets which are raw materials.
+ With respect to
accumulation of current assets which are fuels, the index of producer prices
for fuels shall be used for calculating deflation.
+ With respect to finished
inventories, unfinished products, etc., the producer price index shall be used
for calculation of conversion from current prices into constant prices.
c) Precious and rare asset
accumulation
Precious and rare assets are
held by organizations or individuals (including consumer resident households)
to serve the purpose of conserving property value. Precious and rare assets are
not subject to wear and tear, and are not usually devaluated over time.
Calculation formula:
Precious
and rare asset accumulation
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Total
value of precious and rare assets received within a given time period
-
Total
value of disposal of precious and rare assets within a given time period
Or
Precious
and rare asset accumulation
=
Total
closing value of precious and rare assets
-
Total
opening value of precious and rare assets
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Precious
and rare asset accumulation at constant prices
=
Precious
and rare asset accumulation at current prices
Gold
price index estimated within a given reporting year compared with that
estimated within a given base year
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a quarter,
it is classified by asset type (fixed or current asset).
b) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
- Asset type (fixed or
current asset);
- Economic sector.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population;
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
II. Net asset accumulation
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Net asset accumulation includes
the component of gross asset accumulation minus fixed asset depreciation.
Calculation method:
- Net asset accumulation at
current prices
Net
asset accumulation at current prices estimated within a given time period
=
Gross
asset accumulation at current prices estimated within a given time period
-
Fixed
asset depreciation at current prices estimated within a given time period
- Net asset accumulation at
constant prices
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Gross
asset accumulation at constant prices estimated within a given time period
-
Fixed
asset depreciation at constant prices estimated within a given time period
Fixed asset depreciation at
constant prices is calculated based on the ration of fixed asset depreciation
at current prices to total value of fixed assets at current and constant prices.
2. Major classifications
- Asset type;
- Economic sector.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population;
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Administrative data;
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0507. Final consumption
I. Government final
consumption expenditure
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Government final consumption
expenditure refers to total value of goods and services that the government has
used for satisfaction of its regular demands with respect to state management,
national defense, security and compulsory social welfare, etc.
Value of public utility
products and services is generated by state bodies in the exercise of legislative,
executive and judicial authority, authority over public scientific research
projects, socio-political institutions, community service providers, etc. at
the central to commune level in order to perform and maintain regular
operations of the Government within a specified time period. <0}
- a) At current prices:
Government
final consumption expenditure
=
Value
of production outputs of scientific and technological activities, state
management and national defence and security, compulsory social welfare,
community service activities
-
Value
of production outputs of these activities sold in the market (if any) and
value of self-production thereof for accumulation purposes (if any)
- At constant prices:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Government
final consumption expenditure estimated at current prices (estimated in the
reporting year)
Price
index of deflated production value of relevant activities under state
management estimated in a given reporting year in comparison with that
estimated in a base year
2. Major classifications: Management
function.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
II. Household final
consumption expenditure
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Final consumption
expenditure derived from by household income defined as total expenditure in
the household budget used for consumption and self-consumption of goods and
services that all household residents use in their daily lives. This final
consumption is characterized as a reduction in the household budget, including
expenditure of a household on hiring of employees doing housework in this
household, but excluding expenditure on production operations.
- Final consumption expenditure
of households that consume goods and services free of charge defined as goods
and services that resident units affiliated with the state and non-profit
sector directly provide to household residents free of charge, such as medical,
cultural and educational goods or services, etc.
a) Household final
consumption expenditure derived from household income
Household
final consumption expenditure derived from household income
=
Final
consumption expenditure on household’s purchase of goods and services
+
Final
consumption expenditure on household’s self-supplied products
- Final consumption
expenditure on household’s purchase of goods and services derived from the
household budget. This is calculated by two following methods:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Household
final consumption expenditure derived from annual income
=
Average
final consumption expenditure on market-based purchases per a household or
household resident within a given year
x
The
average number of households or household residents
This formula is used for
calculating this indicator by specific types of product and household or
household resident within urban and rural regions.
2nd method: based
on total retail sales of consumer goods and services
Household
final consumption expenditure
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
-
Value
of products purchased by manufacturing units
+
Value
of purchased products not included in total retail trade of consumer or
self-produced and self-consumed goods and services for final consumption
purposes
Value of goods and services purchased
by households to satisfy their consumption demands within a given year, which
is not included in the total retail sales, shall be particularly calculated by
specific types of final consumption as follows:
+ Final consumption of
electricity
Final
consumption
=
Total
KW of commercial electricity used for daily lives of resident households
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Price
per kWh
+ Final consumption of water
Final
consumption
=
Total
m3 of tap water purchased by households within a given year
x
Price
per m3
+ Final consumption of goods
and services related to transportation, post, tourism, culture, health and
education, etc.
Final
consumption
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Value
of production output of goods and services related to transportation, post,
tourism, culture, health and education, etc.
-
Value
of products in the sector of transportation, post, tourism, culture, health
and education, etc. purchased by production units
-
Value
of products in the sector of transportation, post, tourism, culture, health
and education, etc. provided to households free of charge
-
Value
of products in the sector of transportation, post, tourism, culture, health
and education, etc. which have been exported (if any)
+ Final consumption of
banking and insurance services representing value of production output of
banking and insurance operations allocated to their resident household sector.
+ Final consumption of
lottery operations representing total value of production output thereof.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Final consumption of
self-created and self-consumed products
Final consumption of
self-created and self-consumed products must be part of value which has been
included in production value of an industry or activity, including:
+ Final consumption of
physical objects in the sector of agriculture, forestry, fishery and
handicraft, etc.
+ Final consumption of
self-owned, self-occupied houses, etc.
Self consumption of physical
products shall be calculated according to the following formula:
Self-consumption
=
Self-consumption
per a household or household resident respondent
x
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
This formula is used for
calculating this indicator by specific types of product and household or
household resident within urban and rural regions.
Self-consumption of self-owned,
self-occupied housing services: Value of self-owned and self-occupied houses
shall be considered as an activity providing housing services for their own
use.
b) Final consumption
expenditure of households consuming goods and services free of charge:
- Final consumption of goods
and services without charge paid via state organizations.
Calculation formula:
Free-of-charge
final consumption of goods and services related to transportation, post,
tourism, culture, health and education
=
Value
of production output of transportation, post, tourism, culture, health and
education sectors and activities
-
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Final consumption of goods
and services without charge paid via other organizations (non-state, charity,
religious organizations, associations, etc.)
Calculation formula:
Final
consumption of goods and services without charge paid via other organizations
(non-state, charity, religious organizations, associations)
=
Value
of production output of activities of these organizations
-
Value
of activities of these organizations sold in the market (if any)
c) Based on the
abovementioned calculation results, household final consumption shall be
classified into the following forms of consumption:
- Household final
consumption expenditure by users:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Household
final consumption expenditure derived from household income
+
Final
consumption expenditure of households consuming goods and services free of
charge
- Household final
consumption by resident units
Household
final consumption by resident units
=
Final
consumption expenditure on purchase of goods and services derived from the
household (individual) budget
+
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Final
consumption of self-supplied products
+
Final
consumption of households (individuals) consuming goods and services free of
charge (section 1.2 clause b)
+ Household final
consumption by territories
Household
final consumption by territories
=
Individual
(household) final consumption derived from total retail sales
+
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Final
consumption of self-supplied products
+
Final
consumption of individuals (households) consuming goods and services free of
charge
Currently, the General
Statistics Office calculates and releases final consumption expenditure by
spending entities (at constant prices)
Calculation formula:
Household
final consumption expenditure on household’s purchase of goods and services
in the market derived from the household budget at constant prices
=
Household
final consumption expenditure on purchase of goods and services derived from
the household (individual) budget at current prices estimated within a given
reporting year
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
This indicator is calculated
in detail by specific groups of products.
Household
final consumption of self-supplied products at constant prices
=
Household
final consumption of self-supplied products at current prices (estimated
within a given reporting year) in specific product industries
Deflation
indices of specific industries estimated within a given reporting year
compared with that estimated within a given base year
This indicator is calculated
in detail by specific product industries.
Household
final consumption expenditure of households consuming goods and services free
of charge at constant prices
=
Final
consumption expenditure of households consuming goods and services free of
charge at current prices (estimated within a given reporting year) in
specific product industries
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a
quarter, it is classified by:
- Purpose;
- User.
b) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
- Purpose;
- Spender/ user.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population;
- Survey and collection of
information used for formulation of the inter-sectoral balance sheet and
calculation of intermediate input factor;
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
NationaI income is defined
as an indicator reflecting primary income results produced from ownership
factors of a country participating in production operations within the
territory of that country or abroad during a specified time period, usually a
year.
GNI is a balancing indicator
of the primary income distribution account. Therefore, calculation of this
indicator requires formulation of production accounts and income generation
accounts, or is based on the GDP and relevant indicator.
a) At current prices
Gross
national income (GNI)
=
GDP
+
Difference
between income remitted inward by Vietnamese employees working abroad and
income remitted outward by foreign employees working in Vietnam
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Difference
between property income from abroad and property income to abroad
Where:
- (Net) difference between
income receivables and payables of employees from or to abroad represents the
residual part of the sum of income from salaries, wages (in cash or in kind)
and other incomes having the nature of compensations received by Vietnamese
workers and employees permanently residing abroad from non-resident production
organizations or population units - (minus) the part of expenditure on
remuneration paid by non-resident production organizations or population units
to foreign workers and employees permanently residing in Vietnam;
- The difference between
property income received from abroad and property income paid to abroad
represents the remaining part of property income received by resident
Vietnamese units or inhabitants from abroad (from non-resident units and
inhabitants) – (minus) property income of non-resident Vietnamese units and
inhabitants.
Property income or expenditure
is composed of the followings:
+ Income or expenditure
related to profits from foreign direct investments;
+ Income or expenditure
related to profits from investments in financial instruments, such as shares,
stocks and other valuable papers and financial instruments;
+ Income or expenditure related
to profits generated from rental, leases, use rights, patents, copyrights,
trademarks, mining rights incidental to production and lease of land, airspace,
territorial waters and concessions, etc.
b) At constant prices
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
GNI
at constant prices estimated within a given reporting year
GDP
deflator estimated in a given reporting year compared with that estimated in
a predetermined base year
2. Major classifications: Gross
and net national income (net national income refers to gross national income
less fixed asset depreciation).
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- GDP data: The same as the
data source used in the indicator 0501;
- Administrative data;
- Statistical reporting
regulation.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0509. GNI-to-GDP ratio
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
GNI-to-GDP ratio refers to
the percent proportion of GNI to GDP within a specified time period, usually a
calendar year.
Calculation formula:
T(%)
=
GNI
at constant prices estimated within year n
x 100
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
T - GNI-to-GDP ratio;
GNI - Gross national income
estimated within year n;
GDP - Gross domestic product
estimated within year n.
2. Major classifications: Gross
and net ratio.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources:
- GDP data: The same as the
data source used in the indicator 0501;
- GNI data: The same as the
data source used in the indicator 0508.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0510. National disposable
income (NDI)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
NDI refers to the gross
national income generated from production, property incomes and current
transfers, and the gross income available to the nation for final consumption
and saving.
This is a balancing
indicator of the first income redistribution account. This account shows the
balance of primary incomes converted into disposable incomes generated from
social transfers in kind.
Calculation method:
a) At current prices
National
disposable income (NDI)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Net
current transfer from abroad
Where:
Current transfer represents
the process of exchanging incomes between resident and non-resident units and
inhabitants for final consumption purposes. Net current transfer from abroad
represents the difference between current transfer receipts from abroad and
current transfer payments to abroad:
- Net income and property
taxes, including corporate income taxes, personal income tax and other fees or
charges levied on property and consumption;
- Other current transfers,
including health insurance contributions, retirement and incapacity benefits,
accident and risk insurance contributions/payments, yearly, monthly payments,
humanitarian aids, gifts and donations of the Government, non-governmental and
international organizations, as well as gifts and remittances received by
households from and to abroad.
b) At constant prices:
National
disposable income (NDI)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
GDP
deflator estimated in a given reporting year compared with that estimated in
a predetermined base year
2. Major classifications: Institutional
sectors and the entire economy (biennial period).
3. Release period: Annual,
biennial.
4. Data sources
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population;
- National statistical
reporting system;
- GNI data: The same as the
data source used in the indicator 0508.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Saving refers to one of the
two components of the national disposable income, and equals the difference
between national disposable income and final consumption expenditure.
Calculation formula:
Saving-to-GDP
ratio (%)
=
Savings
estimated within a given year
x 100
GDP
estimated in the same year
2. Major classifications: Institutional
sectors and the entire economy (biennial period).
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources
- National statistical
reporting system;
- Statistical indicators in
the system of national accounts aggregated and calculated by the General
Statistics Office
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0512. Saving-to-asset
accumulation ratio
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Saving-to-asset accumulation
ratio within a specified time period is calculated according to the following
formula:
Saving-to-asset
accumulation ratio (%)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Savings
estimated within a given year
x 100
Asset
accumulation measured in the same year
2. Major classifications: Gross
and net ratio.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: Saving
and asset accumulation data consolidated and calculated by the General
Statistics Office.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0513. Energy consumption and
ratio of increase/decrease in manufacturing energy consumption to GDP
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Energy consumption refers to
a statistical indicator representing how many dongs of manufacturing energy are
created from one dong of GDP.
Ratio of increase/decrease
in manufacturing energy consumption to GDP reflects the results of
technological, manufacturing process renovation and application of technical
breakthroughs and improvements to reduction in energy consumption during
production and business operations. Any increase/decrease in energy
consumption is also attributed to any change in the economic structure. It is
possible to reduce the ratio of energy consumption to GDP by imposing limits on
activities or sectors consuming too much energy, and developing those consuming
less energy.
Manufacturing energy
comprises petroleum, oil, gas, coal and electricity, etc.
Calculation formula:
Ratio
of manufacturing energy consumption to GDP
=
Manufacturing
energy consumption
GDP
Ratio
of increase/decrease in manufacturing energy consumption to GDP (%)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Ratio
of manufacturing energy consumption to GDP, estimated within a given
reporting year
-
Ratio
of manufacturing energy consumption to GDP, estimated within the year
preceding the given reporting year
Remark:
- Both manufacturing energy
consumption and GDP are calculated at the same price (current or constant
prices).
- With respect to each
activity or group of activities, GDP indicator is replaced by the respective
value added indicator.
2. Major classifications:
Economic activity.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Individual production and
business establishment survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0514. Growth rate of total
factor productivity (TFP)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Total factor productivity
refers to a measure of the output produced by the improved utilization of fixed
assets and employees, or intangible factors and impacts thereof including
technological innovation, production rationalization, management reform,
employee competency enhancement, etc. (hereinafter referred to as total
factor).
The growth rate of total
factors is a measure of the rate of production output which is increased due to
an increase in the productivity of total factors.
Calculation method:
Aggregate production
function is assumed to take the following general form:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
Y (GDP): Gross domestic
product;
K and L: Total input of
capital and labor force;
t: time.
The simplest assumption about
the effect of time is an advancement in economic efficiency of the factors such
as technology and management approaches, whereby this effect leads to an
increase in the volume of products manufactured by a combination of capital and
labor force factors. However, this does not affect relative marginal products
of separate production factors. Separate marginal product of a single
production factor represents an increase in the output volume produced when total
input of that production factor is increased by one unit on conditions that
total input of other production factors remains unchanged.
By this assumption, the
production function may be written as follows:
Yt
= Atf(Kt, Lt)
Where A denotes advancement
in economic efficiency of technology, management and administration approach,
etc. (commonly called total factor productivity).
The growth rate of total
factor productivity shall be measured according to the following formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
GY: GDP growth
rate;
Gk: Capital
growth rate,
GL: Labor
force growth rate;
βK and βL:
Angle factor of capital and labor force.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Value added or GDP date,
and labor data that may be directly used or retrieved for calculation of this
indicator from data in the Statistical Yearbook aggregated and released by the
General Statistics Office;
- Data on capital or fixed
asset value are calculated from multiple sources, and aggregated and released
by the General Statistics Office;
- βK and βL factor
are measured on the basis of data available in the I/O table established every
5 years, and remaining valid for use in multiple years.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0515. Proportion of participation
of capital, labor force and total factor productivity in the overall growth
rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Proportion of participation
of capital, labor force, total factor productivity is a measure of the percent
ratio of participation of specific factors in the overall GDP growth rate.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Increase
in GDP as against that estimated in the previous year due to participation of
the capital factor
Total
increase in GDP as against that estimated in the previous year
Proportion
of labor force participation (%)
=
Increase
in GDP as against that estimated in the previous year due to participation of
the labor force factor
Total
increase in GDP as against that estimated in the previous year
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Increase
in GDP as against that estimated in the previous year due to participation of
TFP
Total
increase in GDP as against that estimated in the previous year
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data source: The
same as the data source used in the indicator 0514.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
06. Public finance
0601. State revenue and
structure of state revenue
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) State revenue shall
comprise:
- Taxes, charges or fees
collected;
- Fees collected from
services rendered by state regulatory authorities, which will be withheld in
case of appropriation of operating expenses; fees collected from services
rendered by state-run non-business units and state enterprises, which will be
paid to the state budget in accordance with laws;
- Non-refundable aids granted
by governments of foreign states, organizations or individuals to the central
and local government in Vietnam;
- Other collections
stipulated by laws.
b) Structure of state
revenue is defined as an indicator reflecting proportion of separate revenues
to aggregate state revenue.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Proportion
of a single state revenue by specific classifications (%)
=
State
revenue by specific classifications (%)
x 100
Aggregate
state revenue
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a year or
quarter, it is classified by tax types.
b) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
- Tax type;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Economic activity.
- Ministry, sectoral
regulatory authority;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Finance.
0602. State revenue-to-GDP
ratio
1. Calculation method
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Aggregate
state revenue
x
100
GDP
Note: Both aggregate state
revenue and GDP are calculated at current prices.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a
quarter, it is classified by main receipt.
b) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
- Main receipt;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0603. Ratio of state revenue
mobilized from taxes, fees and charges to GDP
1. Calculation method
Ratio
of state revenue mobilized from taxes, fees and charges to GDP (%)
=
Taxes,
fees and charges
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
GDP
Note: Taxes, fees, charges
and GDP are all calculated at current prices.
2. Major classifications: Tax
type, fee and charge.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0604. State expenditure and
structure of state expenditure
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Investment and development
expenditure;
- National financial
reserves expenditure;
- recurrent expenditure;
- Interest payment
expenditure;
- Grant expenditure;
- Other expenditure referred
to in laws.
b) Structure of state
expenditure is defined as an indicator reflecting proportion of specific
expenses to aggregate state expenditure.
Proportion
of a single expense by specific classifications (%)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
x
100
Aggregate
state expenditure
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a month,
it is classified by the state budget index.
b) For a period of a quarter
or year, it is classified by:
- State budget index;
- Economic sector;
- Function;
- Ministry/ sectoral
regulatory authority;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies responsible
for data collection and aggregation: The Ministry of Finance.
0605. State
expenditure-to-GDP ratio
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This is a percent proportion
of state expenditure to GDP.
Calculation formula:
State
expenditure-to-GDP ratio (%)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Aggregate
state expenditure
x
100
GDP
2. Major classifications
- Main expense;
- Economic sector.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0606. State budget deficit
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
State budget deficit
includes central and province-level government budget deficits. Central
government budget deficit is determined by the difference between total central
government expenditure (except for principal debt payment expenditure) and total
central government revenue where the former is greater than the latter. Province-level
government budget deficit is defined as total local government deficit of each
province which is determined by the difference between total province-level
government expenditure (excluding principal debt payment expenditure) and total
province-level government revenue in a given province where the former is
greater than the latter.
Calculation formula:
State
budget deficit
=
Aggregate
state revenue
-
Aggregate
state expenditure
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Finance.
0607. State budget
deficit-to-GDP ratio
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
State
budget deficit-to-GDP ratio (%)
=
State
budget deficit
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
GDP
Note: Both state budget
deficit and GDP are calculated at current prices.
2. Major classifications: Compensating
source.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0608. Government outstanding
debt
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Government outstanding debt
is defined as total outstanding debt owed by the Government as of the reporting
date.
Calculation formula:
Outstanding
debts at the end of a reporting period
=
Outstanding
debts at the beginning of a reporting period
+
Capital
withdrawal during the reporting period
-
Principal
payment during the reporting period (classified by borrowed currency type)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Finance.
0609. National foreign
outstanding debt
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
National foreign outstanding
debt refers to all of the foreign debts owed by the Government, guaranteed by
the Government, or owed by other enterprises and organizations in the form of loan
self-borrowing and self-repayment in accordance with Vietnamese laws.
National foreign outstanding
debt is defined as total national foreign debt outstanding as of the reporting
date.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Outstanding
debts at the beginning of a reporting period
+
Capital
withdrawal during the reporting period
-
Principal
payment during the reporting period (classified by borrowed currency type)
2. Major classifications: By
lender type (Government or enterprise).
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Finance.
- Collaborator: The State
Bank of Vietnam.
0610. Outstanding public
debt
1. Definition and calculation
methodology
Public debt refers to the
debt owed by the National Government, guaranteed by the Government, and the
debt owed by local governments.
Outstanding public debt is
defined as total outstanding public debt owed as of the reporting date.
Calculation formula:
Outstanding
debts at the end of a reporting period
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Outstanding
debts at the beginning of a reporting period
+
Capital
withdrawal during the reporting period
-
Principal
payment during the reporting period (classified by borrowed currency type)
2. Major classifications: Source
of borrowed capital (domestic and/or foreign borrowing).
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Finance.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
07. Currency and insurance
0701. Total means of payment
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Total means of payment
encompasses cash in circulation outside of banks; deposits made at credit
institutions, foreign bank branches by resident organizations or individuals of
Vietnam that constitute non-finance, resident household, and non-profit
institution sector for the purpose of serving resident households; valuable
papers expressed in Vietnamese dong, foreign currency units which are issued by
credit institutions, foreign bank branches to organizational or individual
residents in Vietnam.
Calculation formula:
Cash
in circulation outside of banks
=
The
aggregate amount of currency issued by the State Bank
-
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
3. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
4. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
State Bank of Vietnam.
0702. The rate of increase
in total means of payment
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The rate of increase in
total means of payment is defined as a measure of how many percents or how many
times total means of payment changes over time.
The rate of increase in total
means of payment is calculated by a measure of the rate of increase in total
means of payment minus one (if expressed in the number of times) or one hundred
(if expressed in percent).
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
M2,t
- M2,t-1
x 100
M2,t-1
Where:
IM2: The rate of
increase in total means of payment;
M2,t: Total
means of payment at the end of a given reporting period.
2. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
3. Data sources:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Data on total means of
payment is the same as the data source used in the indicator 0701.
4. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
State Bank of Vietnam.
0703. Mobilized capital
balance of credit institutions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Mobilized capital balance of
credit institutions is defined as the amount of money expressed in Vietnamese
dong or any foreign currency unit in a particular period that credit
institutions and/or foreign bank branches receive from resident organizations
or individuals of Vietnam that constitute non-finance, resident household, and
non-profit institution sector for the purpose of serving resident households in
the form of demand deposits, definite term deposits, savings and other deposit
forms according to the rules where principal and interest are fully paid
depositors under contractual terms and conditions.
2. Major classifications
- Currency type (Vietnamese
dong, foreign currency);
- Subject of application
(economic organizations, resident households);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
State Bank of Vietnam.
0704. Outstanding credit
debts of credit institutions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Outstanding credit debts of
credit institutions refer to total amount of debts denominated in Vietnamese
dong and foreign currency unit in a particular period owed by credit
institutions to resident individuals or organizations of Vietnam that
constitute non-finance, resident household, and non-profit institution sector
for the purpose of serving resident households in such forms as lending,
discounting and/or re-discounting of negotiable instruments and other similar
valuable papers; finance lease; factoring; accounts payable on behalf of
organizations or individuals being principal debtors in the event that they
fail to pay their debt obligations on payment due date and other operations
relating to credit extension which are approved by the State Bank.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Term: Short, medium and
long term;
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
State Bank of Vietnam.
0705. Rate of increase in
outstanding credit debts of credit institutions
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Rate of increase in
outstanding credit debts refers to how many percents and how many times total
outstanding credit debt measured as at a specified time changes compared with
that measured in the previous time.
Rate of increase in
outstanding credit debts of credit institutions comprises of:
a) Rate of increase in
extension of credit denominated in Vietnamese dong: Short, medium and long
term.
b) Rate of increase in
extension of credit denominated in a foreign currency unit: Short, medium and
long term.
The rate of increase in
outstanding credit debt is calculated by the indicator of outstanding credit
debt increment less one or one hundred.
Calculation formula:
Rate
of increase in outstanding credit debt at the end of a specified reporting
period compared with the end of the previous quarter/ the previous year/the
same period of the previous year (%)
=
Outstanding
credit debt at the end of a specified reporting period
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Rate
of increase in outstanding credit debt (end of the previous quarter, end of
the previous year, and same period of the previous year)
2. Major classifications
- Currency type: Vietnamese
dong, foreign currency;
- Term: Short, medium and
long term;
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0706. Interest rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Interest rate refers to the cost
paid for use of borrowed capital. Deposit interest rate refers to the ratio of
interest amount to amount of mobilized deposit. Lending interest rate refers to
the ratio of interest amount to loan amount. Interbank interest rate refers to
the interest rate at which capital is transacted between banks.
Interest rate is classified
into:
a) Deposit interest rate
which is subdivided into VND and foreign currency interest rate, including
indefinite-term saving deposit interest rate and definite-term saving deposit
interest rate (3, 6, 12 months, from more than 12 to 24 months, and more than
24 months), interest rate on deposits made by issuing valuable papers including
those that have the maturity term of shorter than 12 months and at least 12
months.
b) Lending interest rate
which is subdivided into VND and foreign currency interest rate, including
short, medium and long-term interest rate.
c) Interbank interest rate
which is categorized by maturity term, including overnight, 1-week, 2-week,
1-month, 3-month, 6-month, 9-month and 12-month interest rate.
Calculation method:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Quarterly and annual average
interbank interest rate by specific maturity terms are calculated by using the
ordinary unweighted arithmetic mean of interest rates on capital transactions
between banks.
2. Major classifications
- Interbank, deposit and
lending Interest rate;
- Currency type, form of
deposit mobilization and term.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
State Bank of Vietnam.
0707. Balance of
international payments
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Balance of international
payments refers to the statistical report on all economic transactions between
the residents and non-residents in Vietnam in a particular period.
The table of balance of
international payments includes the following components:
a) Current account
Freight: FOB exports
Freight: FOB imports
Goods (net value)
Service: Exports
Service: Imports
Service (net value)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Income (primary income):
Expense
Income (primary income): net
value
Current account transfers
(Secondary income): Receipts
Current account transfers
(Secondary income): Expenses
Current account transfers
(Secondary income) (net value)
b) Capital account
Capital account: Receipts
Capital account: Expenses
Sum of current accounts and capital
accounts
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Outward direct investments:
Credit entry
Inward direct investments: Debit
entry
Direct investments (net
value)
Outward indirect investments:
Credit entry
Share capital and treasury
stocks
Debt securities
Inward indirect investments:
Debit entry
Share capital and treasury
stocks
Debt securities
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Derivative financial
instruments (falling outside of reserves): Credit entry
Derivative financial
instruments (falling outside of reserves): Debit entry
Derivative financial
instruments (falling outside of reserves) (net value)
Other investments: Credit
entry
Cash and deposits
Foreign lending and foreign
debt collections
Short term
Long term
Commercial credit and
advance payments
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Other investments: Debit
entry
Cash and deposits
Foreign borrowing and foreign
debt repayments
Short term
Long term
Commercial credit and
advance payments
Other receivables/ payables
Other investments (net
value)
d) Errors and omissions
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
e) Reserves and related
items
Reserve assets
IMF credit and loans
Special finance
Calculation method:
Balance of international
payments is compiled according to the following principles:
- Conform to international
conventions for statistics on balance of international payments and practical
conditions in Vietnam;
- Use US dollar (USD) as
unit of account;
- The exchange rate for
Vietnamese dong (VND) to USD is the central exchange rate quoted by the State
Bank at end of a specified reporting period;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Conversion of foreign
currency unit into VND at the cross rate between VND and that foreign currency
unit quoted by the State Bank is to assess export and import duty applicable in
a given reporting period;
+ After conversion into VND,
conversion into USD is based on the central exchange rate quoted by the State
Bank at end of the reporting period.
- The date of compilation of
statistical report on transactions is the date of change of ownership between
residents and non-residents in Vietnam;
- Value of transactions is
determined according to the market principle upon the transaction date.
Basic accounting
relationships in the balance of payments:
- Current account includes
all transactions between residents and non-residents in Vietnam regarding
goods, services and employee income, incomes earned from investments and current
transfers.
Calculation formula:
Current
account (A)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Services
(net value)
+
Income
(primary income) (net value)
+
Current
transfers (Secondary income) (net value)
Goods
(net value)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
-
Imports
of goods (FOB)
Services
(net value)
=
Exports
of services
-
Imports
of services
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Receipts
(primary income)
-
Expenses
(primary income)
Current
transfer (Secondary income) (net value)
=
Receipts
from current transfer (Secondary income)
-
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Capital account includes
all of transactions between residents and non-residents regarding capital
transfers, purchase, sale of non-financial, non-productive assets of Government
and private sector.
Calculation formula:
Capital
account
=
Receipts
-
Expenses
- Capital account includes
all of the transactions between residents and non-residents regarding direct
investments, indirect investments, financial derivative transactions, foreign
borrowings and foreign debt repayments, commercial credit lines, cash and
deposits.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Direct
investments (net value)
+
Indirect
investments (net value)
+
Derivative
financial instruments (falling outside of reserves) (net value)
+
Other
investments (net value)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Outward
direct investment (credit entry)
+
Inward
direct investment (debit entry)
Indirect
investment (net value)
=
Outward
indirect investment (credit entry)
+
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Derivative
financial instruments (falling outside of reserves) (net value)
=
Derivative
financial instruments (falling outside of reserves) (credit entry)
+
Financial
instruments (falling outside of reserves) (debit entry)
Other investment includes
all of the transactions between residents and non-residents in Vietnam
regarding foreign borrowings and foreign debt repayments, commercial credit
lines, cash and deposits.
Calculation formula:
Other
investment (net value)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Other
investment (credit entry)
+
Other
investment (debit entry)
- Errors and omissions refer
to the difference between the sum of current account, capital account and
financial account, and the overall balance of payments.
Calculation formula:
Errors and omissions (D) = E
- (A + B + C).
- The overall balance of
payments is determined by changes in official foreign exchange reserves of the
general government caused by transactions in the reporting period (E= -F)
- Reserves and other related
components are determined by changes in official foreign exchange reserves of
the general government caused by transactions in the reporting period.
2. Major classifications: Transaction
type.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources
- Administrative data;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
State Bank of Vietnam.
0708. Current account-to-GDP
ratio
1. Calculation method
Current
account-to-GDP ratio (%)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
x 100
GDP
2. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
3. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
4. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0709. Outward and inward
indirect investment
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Outward indirect investment
refers to an investment in Vietnam in the form of purchase and sale of
securities or other similar valuable papers, or through a securities investment
fund and other intermediate financial institution, made by a resident unit as
per laws and regulations on behalf of a non-resident unit which is not directly
involved in administering investment activities within the territory of
Vietnam.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications: Investment
instrument.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The State Bank of Vietnam;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Finance.
0710. Interbank average
exchange rate between Vietnamese dong (VND) and US dollar (USD)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The interbank average
exchange rate between Vietnamese dong (VND) and US dollar (USD) is calculated
on the basis of average of central exchange rates between VND and USD.
2. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
3. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
4. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
State Bank of Vietnam.
0711. Total insurance
premium income and payment
I. Total insurance premium
income
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Non-life
insurance premium income
+
Life
insurance premium income
a) Non-life insurance
premium income
Insurance premium income
reflects total revenue derived from original premiums and ceded reinsurance
premiums minus (-) items such as original insurance reductions, ceded
reinsurance premium reductions, insurance premium refunds, ceded reinsurance
premium refunds, or differences (increase or decrease) in original insurance premium
and ceded reinsurance premium reserves during a specified reporting period, of
non-life insurance enterprises.
Calculation formula:
Insurance
premium income
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Ceded
reinsurance premiums
-
Increase
(decrease) in original insurance premium and ceded reinsurance premium
reserves
Where:
- Original insurance premium
reflects total income derived from original insurance premiums after
subtracting (-) original insurance premium reductions and original insurance
premium refunds estimated within a specified reporting period in non-life
insurance enterprises;
- Ceded reinsurance premium
reflects total income derived from ceded reinsurance premiums after subtracting
(-) ceded reinsurance premium reductions and ceded reinsurance premium refunds
estimated within a specified reporting period in non-life insurance
enterprises;
- Increase or decrease in
original insurance premium and ceded reinsurance premium reserves reflects the level
of increase and decrease in unearned original insurance premium and ceded
reinsurance premium reserves, and is the amount of difference between the
amount of original insurance premium, ceded reinsurance premium reserve set
aside in a given financial year and the amount of original insurance premium,
ceded reinsurance premium reserve carried forward from the previous year.
b) Life insurance premium
income
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Insurance
premium income
=
Original
insurance premiums
+
Ceded
reinsurance premiums
-
Increase
(decrease) in unearned original insurance premium and ceded reinsurance
premium reserves
Where:
- Original insurance premium
reflects total income derived from original insurance premiums after
subtracting (-) original insurance premium reductions and original insurance
premium refunds arising within a specified reporting period in life insurance
enterprises;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Increase or decrease in unearned
insurance premium and ceded reinsurance premium reserves reflects the level of
increase and decrease in unearned original insurance premium and ceded
reinsurance premium reserves, and is the amount of difference between the
amount of unearned original insurance premium, ceded reinsurance premium
reserve set aside in a given financial year and the amount of unearned original
insurance premium, ceded reinsurance premium reserve carried forward from the
previous year.
2. Major classifications
- Business type;
- Insurance operation (life
and non-life insurance).
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Administrative data.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
II. Total insurance payment
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Calculation formula:
Total
insurance payment
=
Non-life
insurance indemnity payments
+
Sum
of life insurance indemnity payments and payouts
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
This indicator reflect total
expenditure incurred by original insurance and ceded reinsurance indemnity and
other expenses relating to insurance coverage activities in case of loss occurrences
less (-) accounts receivable recorded as an decrease in indemnity payments,
including receivables collected from the third party’s payment of indemnity,
goods to which any loss or damage has been fully covered under insurance
contracts by non-life insurance enterprises during a given reporting period.
Calculation formula:
Indemnity
payment
=
Aggregate
indemnity payment
-
Deductions
Where:
- Aggregate indemnity
payment reflects the sum of payment of original insurance and ceded reinsurance
indemnity and other expenses relating to insurance coverage activities in case
of loss occurrences such as payments of indemnity to insurance beneficiaries, payments
for loss assessment, survey, collection of information about occurrences,
payments for treatment of goods to which any loss or damage has been fully
covered under insurance contracts by non-life insurance enterprises during a
given reporting period;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
b) Sum of life insurance
indemnity payments and payouts
This indicator reflects
total payment of insurance indemnity and payout by life insurance enterprise
after subtracting incomes derived from an decrease in insurance indemnity
payments and payouts (including income derived from ceded reinsurance
indemnity), and after adjustment to increases or decreases in original
insurance and ceded reinsurance reserves arising during a specified reporting
period.
Calculation formula:
Sum
of life insurance indemnity payments and payouts
=
Expenses
for insurance indemnity payments and payouts
-
Income
derived from ceded reinsurance indemnity
+
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Increase
(decrease) in ceded reinsurance reserves
Where:
- Expenses
for insurance indemnity payments and payouts reflect total amount spent on
paying insurance indemnity and payouts by life insurance enterprises within a
given reporting period;
- Income
derived from ceded reinsurance indemnity reflects total amount spent
on paying insurance indemnity and payouts which are collected by accepting
enterprises to decrease indemnity payments and payouts by life insurance
enterprises within a given reporting period;
- Increase
(decrease) in original insurance reserves reflects the level of
increase and decrease in original insurance reserves, and is the amount of
difference between the amount of original insurance reserves set aside in a
given financial year and the amount of original insurance reserves carried
forward from the previous year;
- Increase
(decrease) in ceded reinsurance reserves reflects the level of
increase and decrease in ceded reinsurance reserves, and is the amount of
difference between the amount of ceded reinsurance reserves set aside in a
given financial year and the amount of ceded reinsurance reserves carried
forward from the previous year.
2. Major classifications
- Business type;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Administrative data.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Finance;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
0712. Number of social, health
and unemployment insurance contribution payers
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
a) Number of social
insurance contribution payers
Number of social insurance contribution
payers includes the number of people paying mandatory social insurance
contributions and the number of people paying voluntary social insurance
contributions.
Mandatory social insurance
is defined as a type of state-run social security schemes in which
participation of employees and employers is compulsory.
Voluntary social insurance
is defined as a type of state-run social security schemes in which participants
have the option of the contribution rate and method which are suitable for
their income, and the Government subsidizes social insurance contributions in
order for participants to qualify for retirement and death benefits.
The number of people paying
mandatory social insurance contribution is composed of the followings:
- Employees who are
Vietnamese citizens eligible for participating in the compulsory social
insurance system include:
+ Employees working under
indefinite term employment contracts, fixed term employment contracts, seasonal
employment contracts, employment contracts for specific work duties that have
the validity period ranging from entire 3 months to less than 12 months, even
including employment contracts entered into between employers and legal
representatives of employees at under 5 years of age in accordance with laws on
labor;
+ Employees working under
employment contracts that have the validity period ranging from entire 1 month
to less than 3 months;
+ Officials, public
employees and civil servants;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Professional military officers
and civilians in the People’s Army; operations officers, non-commissioned
officers, and engineering officers and non-commissioned officers in the
People’s Public Security; employees assigned cryptographic tasks who are paid
the same salaries as military civilians; non-commissioned officers and military
soldier in the People's Army; non-commissioned officers and soldiers in the
People's Public Security who serve in the public security force in a limited
time; trainees in the military, public security and cryptographic force who are
currently joining training programs to receive accommodation and subsistence
payments;
+ Employees working abroad
under employment contracts referred to in the Law on Vietnamese employees
working abroad under employment contracts;
+ Managers of business
entities, and executive or general managers of cooperatives, who are paid
salaries;
+ Employees working part
time at communes, wards or commune-level towns.
- Employees who are foreign
nationals working in Vietnam and granted work permits, practice certificates or
permits by Vietnamese regulatory authorities shall be eligible for
participating in the compulsory social insurance scheme in accordance with the
Government’s regulations;
- Employers participating in
the compulsory social insurance scheme comprise state bodies, non-business
units, people’s armed forces; political institutions, socio-political
organizations, political - social - occupational establishments,
socio-professional organizations, and other social organizations; foreign
institutional or organizational entities, and international organizations,
operating within the territory of Vietnam; businesses, cooperatives, individual
businesses, cooperative groups, other organizations, and individual entities
employing and hiring employees under employment contracts.
Participants in the
voluntary social insurance system must be Vietnamese citizens who reach 15
years of age or older, and must not be required to participate in the
compulsory social insurance scheme.
Major classifications: Insurance
type, centrally-affiliated province/city.
b) Number of health
insurance contribution payers
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The number of health
insurance contribution payers refers to the number of people participating in
payment of contributions to health insurance scheme which is categorized into 5
groups:
- Group of health insurance
contributions paid by employees and employers, including:
+ Employees working under
indefinite term employment contracts, or employment contracts that have the
validity period of more than entire 3 months; employees who are managers in
businesses paid salaries; officials, civil servants and public employees
(hereinafter referred to as employee);
+ Employees working part
time at communes, wards or commune-level towns in accordance with laws and
regulations.
- Group of health insurance
contributions paid by social insurance organizations, including:
+ Persons paid monthly retirement
pensions and incapacity benefits;
+ Persons paid monthly
social insurance benefits for accidents at work, occupational diseases or any
type of illness that requires a long-term treatment plan; persons at age of 80
years or older who receive monthly annuity payments;
+ Officials working in
commune, ward and commune-level town authorities who have already quitted their
work and are currently paid monthly social insurance benefits;
+ Persons currently paid
unemployment benefits.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Professional military
officers, civilians, non-commissioned officers and military soldiers on active
duty; operations officers, non-commissioned officers, and engineering officers
and non-commissioned officers in the people’s public security force; trainees
in the people’s public security force, non-commissioned officers, and soldiers
that serve in the people's public security force within a definite term;
employees assigned cryptographic duties who are paid the same salaries as
military civilians; cryptographic trainees who qualify for benefits and
allowances which are the same as trainees in military and public security
institutes;
+ Officials working in
commune, ward and commune-level town authorities who have already quitted their
work and are currently receiving monthly social insurance benefits from the
State budget;
+ Persons who have no longer
received occupational incapacity benefits and are currently receiving monthly
social insurance benefits from the State budget;
+ Persons who performed
meritorious services during the revolution and elderly veterans;
+ Incumbent deputies of the
National Assembly, People’s Council at all levels;
+ Children under age of 6;
+ Officials working in
commune, ward and commune-level town authorities who have already quitted from
their work and are currently paid monthly social protection benefits;
+ Residents living in poor
households; people of minority groups living in areas of socio-economic
disadvantage; people living in areas of extreme socio-economic disadvantage;
people living on commune or district-level islands;
+ Relatives or families of
persons rendering meritorious revolutionary services, including natural
fathers, mothers, wives or husbands or sons or daughters of war martyrs;
persons taking care of war martyrs in the past;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Relatives or families of
persons referred to in Point a Clause 3 Article 12 of the Law on Amendments to several
articles in the Law on Health Insurance;
+ Donors of human organs
stipulated by laws and regulations;
+ Foreigners currently
studying in Vietnam who receive scholarships from the state budget of Vietnam.
- Group of health insurance
contributions subsidized by the state budget, including:
+ Household residents living
in near poverty;
+ Pupils and students.
- Group of
household-specific health insurance participants comprises household residents
other than those referred to in Clause 1, 2, 3 and 4 Article 12 of the Law on
Amendments to several articles in the Law on Health Insurance.
Major classifications: Group
of health insurance participants, centrally-affiliated province/city.
c) Number of unemployment
insurance contribution payers
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The number of health
insurance contribution payers refers to the number of people participating in
payment of contributions to the unemployment insurance scheme who are
specifically identified as follows:
- Employees are bound to
participate in the unemployment insurance scheme when they are employed under
the following types of employment contracts:
+ Indefinite term employment
contracts;
+ Fixed term employment
contracts;
+ Seasonal or work-specific
employment contracts that have the validity period ranging from entire 3 months
to less than 3 months.
Where employees have entered
into and are currently executing multiple employment contracts, employees and
employers signed in the first employment contract shall be responsible for
participating in the unemployment insurance scheme.
- Employees, referred to in
Clause 1 Article 43 of the Law on Employment, who are currently paid retirement
pensions and working for their family businesses shall not be required to
participate in the unemployment insurance scheme.
- Employers participating in
the unemployment insurance scheme comprise state bodies, public non-business
units, people’s armed forces; political institutions, socio-political
organizations, political - social - occupational establishments,
socio-professional organizations, and other social organizations; foreign
institutional or organizational entities, and international organizations,
operating within the territory of Vietnam; businesses, cooperatives, resident
households, home-based businesses, cooperative groups, other organizations, and
individuals employing and hiring employees under employment contracts.
Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
4. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: Vietnam
Social Security.
0713. Number of social,
health and unemployment insurance beneficiaries
1. Definition, calculation
methodology and major classifications
a) Number of social
insurance beneficiaries
The number of social
insurance beneficiaries refers to the number of social insurance participants
who have received social insurance payments (calculated based on the number of
participants irrespective of whether a participant receives benefits from
different social security schemes).
The number of social
insurance beneficiaries shall receive the following insurance benefits: sickness,
maternity and paternity; occupational accident, illness; retirement; death gratuity.
Major classifications: Benefit
type; insurance payment time; one-time/monthly payment; centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The number of health
insurance beneficiaries refers to the number of health insurance participants
who have received health insurance payments for their health care costs
(calculated based on the number of visits paid by the insured to health care
service establishments).
Major classifications: Group
of health insurance participants; treatment type; inpatient/ outpatient;
centrally-affiliated province/city.
c) The number of
unemployment insurance beneficiaries
The number of health
insurance beneficiaries refers to the number of unemployment insurance
participants who have received health insurance payments in case they lose
their jobs or become unemployed (calculated based on the number of unemployment
insurance beneficiaries).
Major classifications:
Benefit type: Unemployment/ vocational training/ professional skill
improvement training; centrally-governed province/ city.
2. Release period: Annual.
3. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
4. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: Vietnam
Social Security.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
I. Social, health and
unemployment insurance receipts
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Social, health and
unemployment insurance receipts are the amount received from:
- State budget;
- Employers;
- Social, health and
unemployment insurance contribution payers;
- Profits from investments
derived from social, health and unemployment insurance funds;
- Other revenue sources.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Revenue type;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: Vietnam
Social Security.
II. Social, health and unemployment
insurance expenses
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Social, health and
unemployment insurance expenses are the amounts actually paid to social, health
and unemployment insurance beneficiaries in accordance with laws and
regulations. Expenses are derived from:
- State budget;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Health insurance fund;
- Unemployment insurance
fund.
2. Major classifications
- Expenditure source;
- Expenditure type;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: Vietnam
Social Security.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
08. Agriculture, forestry
and fishery
0801. Annual crop area under
cultivation
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator means the
area used to sow agricultural crops that take less than 1 year to grow from the
sowing to harvesting time, including:
- Paddy rice crops;
- Maize and other cereals (wheat,
oat and sorghum);
- Arrowroot: sweet potato,
manioc, taro, etc.;
- Sugar canes;
- Tobacco or mapacho plants;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Cereal crops: groundnuts,
soya-beans and sesames;
- Vegetables, legumes,
flowers and ornamental plants: water spinaches, kohlrabies, etc;
- Annual spice and herbal
crops: chili peppers, mugworts, etc.;
- Other annual crops: forage
or fodder grasses or crops, etc.
The area under cultivation thereof
is calculated according to specific cropping seasons. As there are various
agricultural practices of growing or cultivating annual crops, the method of
measuring area under cultivation is regulated as follows:
- Intercropping area: Multiple
crops are cultivated and grown together in the same area of land according to
which farming practice the main crop is grown at the normal density and the
intercrop is grown at the lower density with the aim of enhancing cultivated
soil utilization. Thus, the area under cultivation of the main crop is
calculated by using the same method applied to the open-air crop while the area
under cultivation of the intercrop may be converted into the area under cultivation
of the open-air crop based on the actual crop population density or the amount
of seeds sown;
- Relay cropping area is an
area where a successive crop is grown into a preceding crop which are about to
be harvested for the purpose of making more efficient use of growing space and timing.
Area of both the preceding crop and the relay crop are calculated by using the
calculation method applied to the open-air crop.
- Extended cropping area is
an area where a crop is grown once and harvests for years. Area under
cultivation thereof is counted on each growing season.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Seasonal,
annual.
4. Data source: Survey
of total area under cultivation of agricultural crops.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0802. + Area under
cultivation of perennial crops
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator means the
area for cultivation of agricultural crops that take more than 1 year to grow
from the sowing to harvesting time and may be harvested for years.
a) Area under cultivation of
perennial crops is an area of plants which are still alive as of the
observation date, and derived from all of the economic sectors existing within
the statistical region, including area of intensively-grown crops and the number
of crops extensively cultivated on the entire area of such land types as
contract-based allocated, contracted, farm and newly-reclaimed land, etc.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Area under cultivation of fruit
crops, including orange, pomelo, banana, pineapple, mango, longan, rambutan,
avocado, jackfruit, durian, mangosteen, dragon fruit and apple;
- Area under cultivation of
oil-bearing fruit crops, including coconut, palm;
- Area under cultivation of cashew
nuts;
- Area under cultivation of
peppers;
- Area under cultivation of
rubber plants;
- Area under cultivation of
coffee plants;
- Area under cultivation of
tea plants;
- Area under cultivation of
perennial spice and herbal crops: ginger, amomum, artichoke;
- Other perennials,
including mulberry, betel and areca palm, etc.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Calculation formula:
Current
cultivated area of perennial crops
=
Area
of intensively-grown crops
+
Area
of productive extensively-grown perennial crops (converted)
- Area of intensively-grown
perennial crops includes land areas covering at least 100 m2 for
cultivation of perennial crops.
Area of intensively-grown
perennial crops is defined as land pieces immediately contiguous to each other
that cover an area of at least 100 m2 per each, and are cultivated
at the density conforming to local required cropping standards.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Area
of newly cultivated perennial crops
+
Area
of early-established perennial crops
+
Area
of productive perennial crops
Where:
+ Area of newly-cultivated perennial
crops refers to an area under cultivation of perennial crops which have been cultivated
from the 1st day of January to the 31st day of December
in the reporting year, and accredited as conforming to regulatory farming
standards. Any area which fails to meet regulatory farming standards within a
given year and is subject to repetitive cultivations required to meet
accredited standards is only calculated as an area for one new cultivation as
of the year-end observation date; or if any area of newly-cultivated crops is identified
within that year and such crops are dead by the observation date, this area is
not counted as an area of newly-cultivated crops;
+ Area
of early-established perennial crops refers to an area in which perennial crops
are nurtured and not ready for harvest, including areas under cultivation of
early harvested perennial crops;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Area of productive
extensively-cultivated perennial crops shall be calculated by using the number
of productive extensively-cultivated perennials and population density thereof
as the basis for conversion into intensively cropped area.
Calculation formula:
Area
of productive extensively-grown perennial crops converted into area of intensively-grown
perennial crops (ha)
=
The
number of productive extensively-grown perennial crops
Population
density of intensively-cultivated crops per 1 ha
2. Major classifications
- Main crop type;
- Newly cultivated/
productive area;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data source: Survey
of total area under cultivation of agricultural crops.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0803. Yield of certain major
crops
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Crop yield is defined as the
number of primary products obtained per a unit planted or harvested area of a
certain agricultural crop in a crop production season or an entire year by a farm
production unit, local jurisdiction or entire nation.
There is the difference in
the formula for calculating yield of annual and perennial crops.
a) With respect to annual
crops, there are two types of yield such as yield per sown area and yield per
harvested area.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Calculation formula:
Yield
per sown area (cropping season or year)
=
Harvested
production output (cropping season, year)
Total
sown area (cropping season, year)
- Yield per harvested area
refers to the production of a crop per harvested area, excluding the area of a
totally lost crop.
Calculation formula:
Yield
per harvested area (cropping season, year)
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Total
harvested area (cropping season, year)
b) With respect to perennial
crops, only the yield on productive area is calculated in a given cropping
season or year, regardless of whether there is any product coming out in that
season or year (otherwise called operating area), excluding newly-cultivated
area, and area under early crop establishment which has yet to be put into
operation.
Calculation formula:
Yield
per harvested area (cropping season, year)
=
Harvested
production output (year)
Productive
crop area (year)
2. Major classifications
- Crop type;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Seasonal,
annual.
4. Data sources:
- Survey of annual crop
yield and productivity;
- Survey of perennial crop
yield and productivity.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0804. Production of certain
major crops
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Crop production refers to the
volume of primary products of specific agricultural crops or a group of
agricultural crops obtained in a cropping season or within a given year by a
crop production unit, local jurisdiction or the entire nation, including:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Harvested production of
perennial crops (tea, coffee, rubber, pepper, orange, mango, longan, lychee,
rambutan and pineapple, etc.) Perennial crop production includes production of
stable productive area and production of early-harvested perennial crops. Calculation
of perennial crop production is carried out once a year.
Crop production is calculated
according to product forms relative to specific products. Crop production of
such products as paddy, maize, green bean, soya-bean, etc., is calculated in
the form of dry grain or seed; sweet potato, potato, cassava in the form of
fresh tuber; tea in the form of fresh bud, coffee in the form of dry bean,
rubber in the form of dry latex, orange in the form of fresh fruit, etc.
Calculation formula:
Crop
production
=
Harvested
area
x
Harvested
yield
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Seasonal,
annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of annual crop
yield and productivity;
- Survey of perennial crop
yield and production.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
The General Statistics
Office
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Balance of agricultural
products refers to a system of indicators representing a relationship between
the supply and consumption source of specific agricultural products within a
nation during a given period (usually 1 year). With respect to each
agricultural product, total supply source equals total consumption of that
product over time periods.
For the purpose of preparing
the balance chart of an agricultural product, the following components must be
determined:
- Total supply of an
agricultural product estimated in a given period.
Calculation formula:
Total
supply of an agricultural product estimated in a given period
=
Changes
in inventories
+
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Total
import
+ Changes in inventories
refer to the fluctuation in inventories in a given year occurring from the
production to retail stage; changes in inventories include increases or
decreases in the number of these agricultural products stored in warehouses or
storage facilities of the State, production, import, export, wholesaling and
retailing, shipping and logistics companies, and business households or farms.
- Production output in a
given period refers to total amount of that agricultural product estimated in a
given year (exclusive of any loss occurring during the harvest process).
- Total import refers to
total amount of products moved from abroad into a country across borders in a
given year.
- Total consumption of an
agricultural product estimated in a given period.
Calculation formula:
Total
consumption of an agricultural product estimated in a given period
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Amount
used for breeding purpose
+
Amount
used for processing purpose
+
Amount
used for other purposes
+
Losses
+
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Amount
used for eating purpose
+ Amount used for animal feed
production purpose refers to the volume of agricultural products used to feed
cattle, poultry and other livestock, and processed products which can be used
to feed livestock but are not set apart in the food balance chart;
+ Amount used for breeding
purpose refers to an amount of agricultural products used for reproductive purposes,
such as seeds to sow and eggs to hatch;
+ Amount used for processing
purpose refers to an amount of agricultural products used for manufacturing of
food products such as noodles, cakes, cookies, candies, sausages, etc.
+ Amount used for other purposes
refers to the number of agricultural products used for producing non-food and
other food products such as coconut for soap making, cassava used as fuel,
etc.; consumed by foreign tourists; used in statistical errors, etc.
+ Losses refer to the amount
of agricultural products lost during the production through consumption,
storage and transportation stage. However, pre- and during-harvest losses must
be excluded. Losses occurring during family household's consumption are also
excluded, i.e. losses occurring during storage, cooking activities, domestic
leftover or throw-away food used to feed livestock;
+ Exports refer to all of
movements of agricultural products out of a country within a specified year,
including temporary imports and re-exports;
+ Amount used for eating
purpose refers to the volume of agricultural products available for human
consumption within a particular year, expressed in weight. Per capita data are
calculated on the basis of average population permanently residing within a
specified year, except for aliens.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Total
supply for consumption
=
Production
output in a given period
+
(Imports
– Exports)
+/-
Changes
in inventories
-
(Amount
used for breeding purpose + Amount lost + Amount used for processing purpose
+ Amount used for other purposes
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Agricultural product type;
- Source;
- Purpose of use.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Annual surveys;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Number of cattle, poultry
and other livestock refers to the number of cattle, poultry and other livestock
heads in the animal farming industry estimated as of the observation period,
including:
a) The number of cattle:
- The number of buffaloes,
inclusive of buffaloes used for meat and ploughing, estimated at the
observation time (including buffalo calves newly born after 24 hours).
- The number of bovines,
including the number of bovines used for meat, ploughing and milk, estimated at
the survey time (including calves newly born after 24 hours).
+ The number of dairy cattle
refers to the population of cattle derived from dairy cattle breeds which are
kept and raised especially for milk.
+ The number of dairy cows
refers to the population of dairy cows which have given at least one litter.
- The number of female swine,
swine raised for meat and hogs (except piglets).
+ The number of female swine
refers to pigs which are separately and selectively kept and raised for
farrowing and those which give birth to at least 1 litter.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ The number of hogs includes
male pigs raised for hogging purposes.
- The number of other cattle
includes horses, goats, sheep, stags, deer, rabbits, dogs, etc.
b) The number of poultry:
- The number of chickens is
composed of the number of domestic, indigenous chickens, and hybrid chickens
created by crossing domestic, indigenous chickens with imported breeds and
industrially-farmed chickens for meat and eggs (Only including those aged 1
year or older. With respect to industrially-farmed chickens, only including
those aged 7 days or older).
+ Industrially-farmed
chickens include several chicken breeds usually derived from foreign chicken
breeds which are raised especially for meat (broiler chickens) or farmed
especially for eggs (egg-laying hens). Industrially-farmed chickens usually
produce high yield of meat or eggs, are farmed in large quantities during the
closed process and entirely fed by industrially-produced animal feed.
+ Egg-laying hens include
domestic/indigenous chickens and industrially-farmed chickens reared for eggs.
- The number of ducks and
geese bred for meat and eggs (only including those aged 1 month or older).
- The number of other
poultry, including quails, pigeons, ostriches, etc.
c) Other livestock:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Livestock type;
- Animal farming form
(business/farm/family household);
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources: Animal
farming survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Production of certain major livestock
products refers to total amount of primary cattle, poultry and other main
livestock products resulted from a combination of two components such as animal
farming workforce and the livestock’s natural maturity during a given period of
a quarter, 6 months or a year, including:
- Production of livestock
sold on a liveweight basis: Live weights of herds of cattle, poultry and other
livestock which are sold or slaughtered on farms during that period; which are
other than those sold to meet breeding, egg-laying and ploughing demands; which
are stunted and are suffering diseases but still slaughtered for meat;
- Production of livestock
products without requiring any slaughter: Products obtained by farming cattle,
poultry and other livestock without requiring any slaughter thereof, including
raw milk, eggs, silkworm cocoons, honey, sheep hides, antlers,...
2. Major classifications
- Product type;
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0808. Concentrated area of
newly-planted forests
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Concentrated area of
newly-planted forests refers to land used for planting forest crops meeting
required cultivation standards and covering an area of at least 0.5 ha,
including a strip of plants which is at least 20 m wide and encompasses not
less than 3 lines of plants, which occurs during a specified period (quarter, 6
months, 9 months and year).
This is composed of
concentrated area of forest newly planted by economic activities during that
period. This excludes area of industrial plants such as rubber, coffee and tea,
etc. cultivated on forest land parcels by using funds from forestry programs
and projects. Concentrated area of newly-planted forest estimated within this
period but failing to meet required cultivation standards shall be subject to
felling for secondary or third replanting shall be counted as one unit
newly-planted area.
With reference to planting
purposes, concentrated area of newly-planted forest shall be classified into
area of newly-planted production forest, area of newly-planted protection
forest and area of newly-planted special-use forest.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of 6 months,
it is classified by forest types.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Forest type (classified by
planting purposes);
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources:
- Forestry survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
0809. Production of wood and
non-wood forest products
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Production volume of wood
and non-wood forest products refers to weight of timber, logs, bamboos, neohouzeaua
bamboos, bamboo reeds and white bamboos, etc. and natural forest products such
as lac, plant resin, oil-bearing fruits and seed-bearing fruits, etc. produced
and collected from natural forests and planted forests during a specified
period.
- Production of wood
including roundwood, crude wood, sawnwood, wood beams, debarked wooden poles,
posts, railway wood sleepers.
- Production of non-wood
products including timber logs, bamboos, white bamboos, commercial neohouzeaua
bamboos, neohouzeaua bamboos used as raw materials for paper production, etc.
- Production of other
products collected from forests, including lac, ordinary and aromatic plant
resin, oil-bearing fruits and others.
2. Major classifications
a) Production of wood is
classified by:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
b) Production of main
non-wood forest products is classified by:
- Forest product type;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Forestry survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Agriculture and Rural Development.
0810. Aquaculture area
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Aquaculture area refers to
area of natural or artificial water surface used for aquacultural activities
during a given period, including area of ponds, lakes, tarns, paddy fields,
salterns, closed river sections, pools, bays, lagoons, artificial sandy ponds, coastal
tidal flats, and irrigation reservoirs and dams allowed for fish farming and
protection of aquatic resources to be harvested, and enclosed areas on rivers,
large lakes and coasts for aquaculture, and area of embankments and irrigation
trenches; sediment and refining ponds, etc.
Aquaculture area excludes
area of facilities auxiliary to fish farming activities, such as area used for
construction of power transformation stations, workplaces, tents,
warehouses/facilities for storage/processing of food, etc., and area of water
surface which is not used for fish culture.
Calculation formula:
Total
aquaculture area estimated within a given period
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
x
Aquaculture
area
Where:
+ Number of fish farming
seasons refers to the number of total harvests within a given period. If,
within this period, a farming season is subject to multiple harvests carried
out to reduce farmed seafood population, introduction of new fish or seafood to
repopulate harvested areas, and is unspecified, it is simply counted as one. This
usually happens to extensive fish farming practice and improved one;
+ Area of water surface used
for aquaculture activities shall be calculated with respect to main species. Main
species are identified according to initial purposes of aquaculture farmers and
usually are highest-value or highest-yielding ones.
With regard to unfixed area
of water surfaces (which may be increased or decreased by monsoon and tidal
effects, etc.), only the average and relatively fixed part of aquaculture area
shall be calculated during that period.
With regard to low-lying
fields intended for shrimp or fish farming activities, only area of water
surface which is at least 30 cm deep and has been used for aquaculture for more
than 3 months shall be counted.
- If the same area is used
in multiple farming seasons and fish or seafood species are different in these
seasons, species-specific aquaculture area estimated within that period shall
be calculated.
For the purpose of study and
classification criteria, aquaculture area shall be classified by:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Freshwater aquaculture
area refers to area of land for aquaculture located on mainlands or islands or
zones which have not been invaded by seawater, such as rivers, springs,
irrigation dam, flooded and low-lying land (low-lying or muddy fields, etc.),
and have salinity of below 0.5‰.
- Brackish water aquaculture
area refers to area of land for aquaculture situated within regions where
mainlands are contiguous to sea (estuaries, small river mouths, etc. where
freshwater flowing from mainlands meets saltwater); having salinity ranging
from 0.5 to 20‰.
- Saltwater aquaculture area
refers to area of land for aquaculture situated at sea regions (having seawater
salinity of more than 20‰). Sea region starts from low-tide waterline
seawards.
b) Aquafarming method:
- Intensive aquafarming
refers to aquacultural practices performed by applying high technological
knowledge and conforming to strict farming rules which have significant impacts
on development and maturity of aquatic organisms, which consist of species
selection carried out in conformity with regulatory environmental standards
(being pure, various sizes and vitality) carefully prepared before breeding,
farming population density meeting stated regulations, farmed aquatic organisms
receiving daily and hourly care for the purpose of prevention and control of
diseases, and making sure that environmental conditions are suitable for growth
of farmed aquatic organisms; industrially-produced aquaculture feeds;
infrastructure and facilities which are comprehensively invested in, such as
ponds, reservoirs, lakes, irrigation, transportation, water supply and drainage
and aeration systems. Intensive aquafarming shall be far more higher-yielding
than traditional aquafarming.
Recirculating (closed)
system is also a high-yielding intensive aquafarming.
- Semi-intensive aquafarming
refers to an aquacultural practice with farming technology which is lower than
intensive aquafarming but higher than improved extensive aquaculture practice,
including aquatic species which are produced or natural, and raised at high stocking
density; aquaculture ponds, lakes and reservoirs which receive relatively large
investments and are furnished with machinery and devices such as oxygenation aerators
and paddlewheels, etc; feeds provided on a daily basis which are mainly
industrially-produced ones.
- Improved extensive
aquafarming refers to an aquacultural practice with farming technology which is
lower than semi-intensive aquafarming but higher than extensive aquaculture
practice, including aquatic species raised at low stocking density; provided feeds
which are industrially produced, or are industrial ones combined with naturally
produced ones at regular feeding rate and optimal ration size.
- Extensive aquafarming
refers to a farming practice by applying technological knowledge which is simple
and cause less impact on growth and maturity of cultured aquatic organisms,
raising species at a low stocking density, using feeds which are mainly derived
from water intake (through culverts), detaining aquatic organisms in a
specified duration (depending on farmed organisms and farming season), and
probably providing feeds on a regular basis which has yet to conform to strict
feeding procedures. This method is also called traditional aquafarming, which
offers both advantages such as conformance with natural rules, less harm to
environment and disadvantage such as very low yields produced.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
d) Aquaculture practices
- Intensive aquafarming:
farming one aquaculture species.
- Integrated aquafarming:
farming one aquaculture species in combination with one or multiple aquaculture
species, or raising aquaculture organisms combined with various-sector
production, such as fish - paddy rice, shrimp - paddy rice, fish/shrimp/other
aquaculture organisms raised in mangrove forests, etc., including:
+ Farming of aquaculture
organisms and paddy rice referring to aquafarming combined with paddy rice
cultivation in the form of 1 season of fish/shrimp/other aquaculture organism -
1 season of paddy rice (excluding area in which aquaculture is combined with paddy
rice cultivation).
+ Aquaculture carried out in
mangrove forests referring to area where aquaculture combines with forest
planting or is carried out in mangrove forests in order to protect ecological
environment.
2. Major classifications
- Main type of aquaculture
species;
- Aquafarming method;
- Type of water body;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Aquaculture survey;
- Rural and agricultural
census;
- Mid-period rural and agricultural
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0811. Fishery production
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Aquatic animal species
living in inland, inshore and offshore water:
+ Scaly fish species, including
carps, chubs, mud carps, grass carps, red snappers, groupers, etc., or
scaleless fish species, including goby fishes, eel fishes and flounders, etc.
+ Crustacean animal species,
including shrimps, sea crabs, swimming crabs, fiddler crabs, etc.;
+ Molluscan species,
including cephalopod molluscs (squids, octopuses, etc.); univalve mollusks
(snails); bivalve mollusks (hard clams, scallops, basket clams, geoduck clams, mussels,
etc.);
+ Other aquatic animal
species (marine turtles and worms, etc.)
- Aquatic plant species,
including seaweeds, kelps, etc.;
- Ocean-derived products
used as inputs for production or consumption activities, such as pearls, edible
bird's nests and snail shells, etc.
Production of other captured
animal mammals (except whales), including seals and hippopotamuses, etc. shall
be excluded.
Fishery production may be categorized
by research objectives and classifying criteria.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Capture fishery production
refers to total output of fishery products obtained from catching, fishing and
harvesting of wild aquatic resources available in inland or oceanic saltwater,
brackish water and freshwater surfaces during a specified period. Capture
fishery production is composed of marine and inland fishery production.
- Aquaculture production
refers to total output of aquatic products obtained from farming and
cultivation of aquatic species in saltwater, brackish water and freshwater
surfaces.
b) Type of water surface,
including:
- Freshwater aquaculture
production;
- Brackish water aquaculture
production;
- Saltwater aquaculture
production;
Type of water surface for
calculation of aquaculture production is identified by the terminal water
surface where aquaculture species are grown, even though they have lived in
other water environments earlier.
c) Aquatic species,
including:
- Fish production;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Other aquatic organism
production.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a
quarter, it is classified by:
- Group of fishing ship or
vessel capacity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
b) For a period of 6 months
or a year, it is classified by:
- Aquaculture species;
- Economic sector;
- Type of water body;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period
a) Fishery production:
biannual, annual;
b) Marine capture fishery
production: quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources:
- Aquaculture survey;
- Rural and agricultural
census;
- Mid-period rural and agricultural
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) Number of ships/vessels
Number of engine-powered
fishing ships/vessels refers to ships/vessels specially built for fishery
production with engines attached to move, including ships/vessels which have
been inspected or have yet to be subject to any inspection but actually brought
into fishing operation in a specified year; and mechanical ships/vessels which
have just been built for long-term fishery production purposes.
b) Fishing ship/vessel
capacity
Fishing ship/vessel capacity
refers to total existing power of main engine of s ship/vessel determined
within a specified period. Unit of measurement of capacity is metric horsepower
(CV). The number of engine-powered fishing ships/vessels is grouped into ships/vessels
with engine power of less than 20CV; ranging from 20CV to below 50CV; ranging
from 50CV to below 90CV; ranging from 90CV to below 250CV; ranging from 250CV
to below 400CV; at least 400CV.
2. Major classifications
- Capacity group;
- Main fishery activity;
- Fishery scope;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Aquaculture survey;
- Rural and agricultural
census;
- Mid-period rural and agricultural
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
09. Industry
0901. Industrial production
index
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
a) Definition
This indicator is the
percent ratio between quantity of industrial production at current and base
period.
The industrial production
index may be calculated with many different base periods with reference to
research purposes. In the current context of our country, the selected reference
base period is the same period last year and the immediately preceding period.
A fixed month of an undetermined year is rarely used as the reference base
period. However, most of the countries in the world are using an average month
of a year as the reference base period for calculation of “index of quantity of
industrial production”.
Calculation of the
industrial production index begins with the calculation of the production index
of commodity (also called the individual index). The individual index may be
used for measurement of production indices of 4-digit, 2-digit and 1-digit
industries and the whole industry; additionally, production indices of a local
government area and the entire country.
Calculation formula:

Where:
Ix: General production
index;
iXn: Production
index of the nth product (or industry sector);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
b) Calculation process
- Measuring the production
index of a product
Calculation formula:

Where:
iqn: Production
index of the nth product (for example, electric, coal, textile,
cement product, etc.);
qn1: Quantity of
items manufactured in a reporting period;
qno: Quantity
of items manufactured in a base period.
Measurement of production
indices of particular products is simple but much important because indices of
specific products would serve as bases for calculation of overall indices for a
sector, local government area and the entire nation. If indices of specific
products are inaccurate, the general index shall be inaccurate as well.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The production index of a 4-digit
industry is the weighted arithmetic average index of indices of representative
products in that industry.
Calculation formula:

Where:
IqN4: Production
index of the Nth 4-digit industry;
iqn: Production
index of the nth product;
Wqn: Production
weight of the nth product;
q: Production volume;
N4: 4-digit industry
(N4=1,2,3,...j);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
n: Product number (n=1,2,3...k).
(k: Ordinal number of the
final product in the 4-digit industry).
- Measuring the production
index of a 2-digit industry
Production index of the 2-digit
industry refers to the weighted arithmetic average of production indices of 4-digit
industries as representatives for the 2-digit industry (or the weighted arithmetic
average of production indices of 3-digit industries representative of the 2-digit
industry).
Calculation formula:

Where:
IqN2: Production
index of the 2-digit industry;
IqN4: Production
index of the 4-digit industry representative of the 2-digit industry;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Production weight of the 4-digit
industry is defined as the proportion of value added of that 4-digit industry
to total value added of the 2-digit industry estimated at the selected date for
calculation of such weight.
- Measuring the production
index of a 1-digit industry
Production index of the 1-digit
industry refers to the weighted arithmetic average of production indices of 2-digit
industries belonging to the 1-digit industry.
Calculation formula:

Where:
IqN1: Production
index of the 1-digit industry;
IqN2: Production
index of the 2-digit industry;
WqN2: Production
weight of 2-digit industries.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Measuring the production index
of the entire industry
Production index of the
whole industry refers to the weighted arithmetic average of production indices
of 1-digit industries (comprising four 1-digit industries such as mining and
quarrying; processing and manufacturing; electricity, gas, steam and air
conditioning supply; water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
activities).
Calculation formula:

Where:
IQ: Production
index of the entire industry;
IqN1: Production
index of specific 1-digit industries;
WqN1: Weight of specific
1-digit industries.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources: Industry
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0902. Production of certain
major industrial products
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator refers to a
measure of total quantity of products important to the economy manufactured by
the industry sector during a specified period (month, quarter or year).
The classification system of
key industrial products is stipulated with reference to positions and roles of
these products regarding demands for domestic consumption, export, reserve and
payment into the state budget. This classification system shall be changed
over periods of socio-economic development. Production of each key industrial
product includes finished product (primary products, secondary products and
by-products) and semi-finished products sold into markets, which consists of:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Primary products refer to
physical products manufactured by industrial manufacturing activities which conform
to stipulated specifications and quality standards.
+ Secondary products refer
to physical products manufactured by industrial manufacturing activities which
have yet to meet stipulated specifications and quality standards, but remain
valid for use and consumption (accepted by markets).
+ By-products (also called
parallel products) refer to physical products manufactured by industrial
manufacturing activities together with primary products.
- Semi-finished products
refer to products which are manufactured by industrial manufacturing activities
of premises, have completely gone through a certain manufacturing phase within
the scope of a factory (reached a completed phase in all of the manufacturing
phases), conform to stipulated specifications and technical standards set out
for a manufacturing phase, and move to ongoing manufacturing activities
performed by other factories of such premises (ongoing product manufacturing
phase). Any semi-finished products of these manufacturing premises sold into
the market are also considered as industrial finished products.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a month
or quarter, it is classified by product category.
b) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
- Product category;
- Economic activity.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources: Industry
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0903. Proportion of export
value of high-technology products to total value of high-technology products
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator is a relative
indicator expressed in percent ratio of export value of high-technology
products to total value of high-technology products during a given period.
Calculation formula:
Proportion
of export value of high-technology products to total value of high-technology
products
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
x
100
Total
value of high-technology products estimated during a reporting period
High-technology products refer
to products which are manufactured by high technologies, meeting accredited
quality standards, having outstanding performance, high levels of value added,
and showing environmental friendliness.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Type of high-technology
products.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Industry and Trade, the Ministry of Science and Technology and the Ministry
of Finance.
0904. Proportion of
manufacturing industry to GDP
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Proportion of manufacturing
industry to GDP refers to percent ratio of value added generated by the
manufacturing industry to GDP during a given period.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
Icbct: Proportion
of the manufacturing industry to GDP
VAcbct: Value
added of the manufacturing industry
GDP: GDP of the entire
economy
2. Major classifications
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Individual production and
business establishment survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0905. Value added per capita
of the manufacturing industry by the purchasing power parity
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Added per capita of the
manufacturing industry by the purchasing power parity (PPP) is calculated by
dividing proportion of value added of the manufacturing industry in a given
year by PPP by average population estimated in that year.
Calculation formula:

Where:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
VAcbcttd: Value
added of the manufacturing industry by the purchasing power parity;
VAcbcttd
= VAcbcthh x Ttd
P: Average population
estimated within a given year;
VAcbcthh: Value
added of the manufacturing industry by the current price;
Ttd: PPP
exchange rate of Vietnam compared with the global average exchange rate.
2. Major classifications: Economic
activity.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0906. Consumption index of
manufactured products
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Consumption index of
manufactured products refers to an indicator comparing level of consumption of
manufacturing industry goods and services estimated within a research period
with that estimated within a base period used as a reference point for this
comparison. That reference base period with respect to a consumption index is
usually the average month of the selected base year or the immediately
preceding month, or the same month last year, etc.
Process for calculating the
consumption index of manufactured products is also composed of 5 main steps as
follows:
- Calculating the
product-specific consumption index
Calculation formula:

...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
itn: Consumption
index of the nth product;
Tn1: Quantity of
physical products consumed during the current period of the nth
product;
Tn0: Quantity of
physical products consumed during the reference base period of the nth product;
t: Consumption;
n: Ordinal numbers of
products (n=1,2,3,...k)
- Calculating the
consumption index of 4-digit manufacturing industry
Calculation formula:

Where:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
itn: Consumption
index of the nth product;
Wtn: Consumption
weight of the nth product (n = 1, 2, 3,.... k).
Consumption weight of a
product refers to proportion of revenue generated from consumption of that
product to total income earned from consumption of 4-digit manufactured
products at the selected time of calculation of weight.
- Calculating the
consumption index of 2-digit manufacturing industry
Calculation formula:

Where:
ItN2: Consumption
index of 2-digit manufacturing industry (N2 = 1, 2, 3,... Y);
ItN4: Consumption
index of 4-digit manufacturing industry;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Consumption weight of
4-digit manufacturing industry refers to proportion of consumption revenue of
that 4-digit manufacturing industry to total consumption income of the 2-digit
manufacturing industry at the selected time of calculation of weight.
- Calculating the
consumption index of the whole manufacturing industry
Calculation formula:

Where:
ItN1: Consumption
index of the whole manufacturing industry;
ItN2: Consumption
index of 2-digit manufacturing industry;
WtN2: Consumption
weight of 2-digit manufacturing industry.
Consumption weight of
2-digit manufacturing industry refers to proportion of consumption revenue of
that 2-digit manufacturing industry to total consumption income of the 1-digit
manufacturing industry at the selected time of calculation of weight.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Industry
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0907. Inventory index of
manufactured products
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Inventory index of
manufactured products refers to an indicator comparing level of inventories in
the manufacturing industry estimated at the observation period and that
estimated within the selected reference base period. Based on study purposes,
the reference base period varies, specifically including:
- With respect to a
comparison with level of inventories in the fixed base period, the beginning
and end of a fixed month, or the beginning or end of a fixed year in which such
level is estimated must be designated as the reference base period for such comparison
to be made in the following months and years;
- With respect to a
comparison with level of inventories in the same period last year, the end of
the previous month, quarter and year in which such level is estimated must be
designated as the reference base period;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Inventory index of products
reflects fluctuations in inventories that exist in industrial production
premises.
Inventory index of
industrial products comprises of product-specific inventory indices measured on
the basis of quantities of inventories with respect to specific products
identified in the interval between the reporting period and reference base
period; inventory indices of products in 4-digit industries are defined as the
weighted arithmetic averages of inventory indices of products representative of
these 4-digit industries; inventory indices of products in 2-digit and 1-digit
industries are defined as the weighted arithmetic averages of inventory indices
of representative industry subdivisions and ownership types.
- Product-specific consumption
index
Calculation formula:

Where:
idn: Inventory
index of the product n (n = 1, 2, 3... k);
qdn1: Inventory
quantity of the product n at some points of the current period;
qdn0: Inventory
quantity of the product n at some points of the reference base period;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- The inventory index of
4-digit manufacturing industry
Calculation formula:

Where:
IdN4: Inventory
index of the 4-digit index;
idn: Inventory
index of the nth representative product;
Wdn: Inventory
weight of the nth product.
Inventory weight of a
product refers to proportion of inventory value of that product to total
inventory of the 4-digit manufacturing industry estimated at the point of time
selected for calculation of such weight.
- The inventory index of
2-digit manufacturing industry
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.

Where:
IdN2: Inventory
index of 2-digit manufacturing industry;
IdN4: Inventory
index of 4-digit manufacturing industry;
WtN4: Inventory
weight of 4-digit manufacturing industry.
Inventory weight of 4-digit
manufacturing industry refers to proportion of inventory value of the 4-digit
manufacturing industry to total inventory value of the 2-digit manufacturing
industry at the selected point of time for calculation of weight.
- The inventory index of the
whole manufacturing industry
Calculation formula:

...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
IdN1: Inventory
index of the whole manufacturing industry;
IdN2: Inventory
index of 2-digit manufacturing industry;
WdN2: Inventory
weight of 2-digit manufacturing industry.
Inventory weight of 2-digit
manufacturing industry refers to proportion of inventory value of the 2-digit
manufacturing industry to total inventory value of the 1-digit manufacturing
industry at the point of time selected for calculation of weight.
2. Major classifications: Economic
activity.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Industry
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) Energy resource
Energy is a special type of
physical material that exists in different forms (physical forms such as coal,
wood, oil and gas; non-physical forms such as electricity, wind energy, etc.,
all of which have the common properties such as generating a certain amount of
heat or possibly producing work by force transmission systems after consumption
thereof. Energy resource indicator refers to a measure of volume of energy
resources available to meet consumption demands of the entire society in a
specified period (month, quarter or year). Different types of energy are
measured by different physical units, including kilowatt-hours for electricity;
tonnes for coal; tonnes or litters for gas and oil; cubic meters for natural
gas, etc. Additionally, all energy resources can be commonly measured by energy
conversion units including calories or joules, etc.
Formula for calculating
total energy resource:
Total
energy resource
=
Inventory
differences
+
Production
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Imports
-
Exports
-
Wastage
or losses
Each components in this
formula shall be measured as follows:
- Inventory differences
represent the possibility that energy resources are available for immediate utilization
on demand, and thus accounted for as the supply balanced with the demand. Calculation
of inventories shall be applied from the energy production to supply stage,
including those calculated at the energy production, supply and even
utilization. As regards energy resources of which production is associated
with consumption thereof, and quantity of inventories is not identified, then
inventories component in this formula equals 0.
The difference between opening
and closing inventory balances shall be included as part of total energy
resource. This component shall be calculated by the subtraction between opening
and closing inventory balances. If positive, it will be added to total energy
resources, and if negative, it will be taken away from total energy resources
within a given period.
- Production represents
output of a particular energy resource produced within a given period which is
accounted for as inventories or available for consumption. Output of energy
resources included as part of total energy resources must be products meeting
demands and completely received as inventories through receiving procedures for
consumption (applicable to those required to conform to inventory receiving
regulations, such as energy resources generated from coal production, oil
drilling and petroleum refining activities, etc.); or those available to be
supplied to meet utilization demands (applicable to energy resources produced
but having yet to be received as inventories through receiving procedures, including
those generated from electricity and gas production, etc.). Specific
calculation of produced energy resources shall be as follows:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Where production of energy
resources serves both sale and other internal operating purposes of a
production unit, output of energy resources used for both sale and internal
operating purposes must be fully calculated. In order to prevent any occurrence
of overlaps and omissions, this is calculated according to the following rules:
If a production unit keeps
inventory record of all of produced energy resources, and proceeds to dispatch
them for external or internal consumption, calculation of output of these energy
resources shall adopt data of energy resources received as inventories within a
calculation period.
If a production unit keeps
inventory record of only finished products sold into the market, but does not
do so for those intended for internal use and direct supply at the production
site, output of produced energy resources is equal to amount of energy
resources received as inventories during a calculation period plus actual
output which has been consumed for internal operations.
+ With respect to energy
resources produced but having not been received as finished inventories, and
being directly supplied for consumption purposes, including those produced from
electricity and gas production operations, etc., output thereof is calculated
by adopting figures shown on meters at production sites measuring output of
energy resources for consumption.
+ With respect to several
energy resources produced to be used not only for their original purposes, but
also as inputs into manufacturing operations in other industries. In the former
case, they are considered energy products while, in the latter case, they are considered
energy products. Output of these products is calculated on the basis of data on
actual production thereof that meets needs for energy supply or have been used
for energy supply purposes.
- Imports: In order to
balance energy demand and supply, many countries are short of
domestically-manufactured energy products to meet demands and need to import
common energy products such as coal, petroleum and gas, and even including
electricity. Type of energy resources eligible for importation is decided by
the customs authority and output thereof that needs to be measured is
quantities thereof which are completely cleared at the bordergate customs and
transported to inland storage facilities by importers, or sold directly to domestic
consumers.
- Exports: Unlike imports,
exports cause reductions in energy supply.
Exported energy resources
are quantity of energy resources which has been cleared at the bordergate customs
and carried across borders. Where exportation of energy resources does not
require completion of customs procedures, measurement of output thereof is
calculated on the basis of the actual production by organizational entities
directly selling them abroad.
- Natural wastage or losses
refer to total amount of energy resources lost during the distribution stage in
conformity with technical norms, and are inherent properties of energy
resources, such as natural vaporization occurring to gas and oil, losses
occurring during electric power transmission, and wastage resulted from weather
conditions during long-term storage of coal, etc. Such wastage and losses are
identified in advance according to permissible norms. As these wastage and
losses have been calculated in such components as inventory differences,
production and imports, but do not convey a meaning of available supply, this
always means negative numbers that must be taken away from other components of
total energy resource.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Energy consumption refers to
actual volume of energy resources that have been consumed to serve production,
household resident’s and other society’s purposes during a given study
period. Energy consumption is normally classified into two indicators,
including general energy consumption and final energy consumption.
- General energy consumption
refers to volume of energy resources consumed for production, service operation,
household resident’s and other purposes. Volume of energy resources used for
general consumption includes input volume of energy resources which will be
totally lost by consumption and weight of energy resources.
Calculation formula:
General
energy consumption
=
Consumption
for production purposes
+
Consumption
for service operation purposes
+
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+
Consumption
for other activity purposes
+ Energy consumption for
production purposes refers to total amount of energy resources directly consumed
for manufacturing of physical goods, or for the industry or agriculture sector.
In principle, output of energy resources directly consumed in production
operations must be calculated and, due to the fact that it is impossible to make
separate accounting reports on specific operations, calculation of this output
must be based on energy consumers who have legal entity status like
manufacturing premises using independent business accounting system. In regard
of a manufacturing premise using independent business accounting system engages
in multiple operations in different purpose groups, if it is likely to keep
separate account of energy resources consumed for specific purpose groups, such
energy consumption shall be entered into calculation thereof for each group. If
it is unlikely to keep accounting reports apart, all energy consumption shall
be charged for main operations of that premise.
+Energy consumption for
service operation purposes refers to quantity of energy resources directly
consumed for for-profit, revenue-generating and public utility services undertaken
by service businesses and non-commercial entities. With respect to service
businesses, method for calculation thereof is similar to energy consumption for
production purposes as mentioned above. With regard to energy consumption by
non-commercial entities, calculation of this indicator must be based on those
that have sound legal entity status, such as hospitals, medical service
stations, schools and research institutes, etc. With respect to a
non-commercial entity engaging in many different activities, where possible,
separate accounts of energy resources consumed for specific activities must be
kept, and where otherwise impossible, energy consumption in this kind must be
calculated for its main operations.
+ Energy consumption for
household resident’s purposes refers to total amount of energy resources directly
consumed to meet living demands of individual residents or family households.
The subject of measurement
in this component is energy resources consumed to satisfy living demands of
household residents and family households, including energy resources for
lighting, cooking and functioning of home appliances (laundry machines, irons,
televisions, fridges, heaters, vacuum cleaners, fans and air conditioners,
etc.). Those directly consumed for production and service operation purposes by
resident households shall not be accounted for as energy resources consumed for
household resident’s purposes (they are instead accounted for in groups of
production or service operation purposes).
+ Energy consumption for
other purposes refers to total amount of energy resources directly consumed to
perform activities other than those in the 3 aforesaid groups (including
scientific study and testing purposes; activities of international
organizations; activities of embassies, etc.). Calculation of this indicator must
be based on institutions and organizations that have sound legal entity status
for energy consumption according to energy agreements and actually consumed
amount of energy resources for which have been paid to energy providers.
- Final energy consumption
is portion of energy resources directly consumed for the entire society once
such energy resources after being consumed are totally lost without creating
any other energy resources. Energy resources for final consumption do not
include those consumed to manufacture new energy resources.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Energy
resources for general consumption
-
Energy
resources for manufacturing of new energy resources
Calculation of specific
components in this formula is similar to that of energy resources for general
consumption from which this calculation is that there is no energy resources
consumed for manufacturing of other energy resources.
2. Major classifications
- Type of energy resource;
- Sectors using energy
resources.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
0909. Production capacity of
industrial product
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Production capacity of
certain key industrial products refers to the output of industrial products
important to the economy and consumption demands of the resident population
generated by the industry sector during a specified period.
Production capacity of a
product is usually displayed by looking at the products terminally generated by
production lines and expressed in volume of finished products generated
according to the design or actual production capacity.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
b) Actual production
capacity refers to the actual volume of products generated during a given
period under conditions of actual availability of machinery, facilities and
equipment, human, financial and other resources.
2. Major classifications
- Major product;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Biennial.
4. Data sources: Survey
of production capacity of certain industrial products.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Industry and Trade;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
10. Trade and service
1001. Retail sales
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Retail refers to the process
of selling new or used goods or those mainly consumed by individuals,
households, or at stores, supermarkets, commercial centers, trading cooperatives,
market stalls, or mobile stands for selling of goods, etc.
Retail sales are composed of
total sum which is obtained or will be obtained from retailing of goods (even
including surcharges and fees collected in addition to selling price (if any))
of businesses, or non-farm, forestry and fishery production premises. <0}
2. Major classifications
- For a period of a month,
it is classified by major commodity headings;
- For a period of a year, it
is classified by centrally-governed province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Enterprise survey;
- Wholesale and retail trade
survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1002. Turnover in
accommodation and food service activities
I. Turnover in accommodation
service activities
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
- Net turnover in
accommodation service activities refers to total monetary amount which has been
or will be obtained by providing short-term accommodation service activities to
clients in a given period (month/quarter/year). Accommodation service providers
include villa or commercial apartment business establishments, hotels,
guesthouses, hostels and other accommodation facilities (such as student dorms,
mobile accommodation vehicles, etc.)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Long-term accommodation and
office lease activities are not considered accommodation service activities and
these activities fall into the scope of real estate business activities.
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Survey of accommodation,
food, tourism and other service activities.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
II. Turnover in food service
activities
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Turnover in food service
activities refers to total monetary amount of money which have been and will be
obtained by catering for clients in a specified time period, including selling
of self-produced food and purchasing of food products without requiring any
processing or further servicing for catering establishment’s resale (goods
purchased for resale).
+ Sales in goods for resale
refer to total sum which has been and will be obtained by selling goods which
are not manufactured by a catering establishment (this means goods purchased
for resale, including alcoholic beverage, beer, tobacco purchased for client’s
drinking and smoking at restaurants).
- Food service includes business
activities of restaurants, bars and canteens providing on-the-spot (customers
provided with table service or self-service) or takeaway food services, or
providing food services by means of mobile food stalls; providing food services
agreed upon in irregular and food service contracts.
Food services do not include
those attached to accommodation service providers which do not maintain
separate accounting system because these services have been included as part of
accommodation services.
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1003. Sales in other service
activities
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Sales in other service
activities include:
a) Sales in the real
property business service refer to total monetary amount which has been and
must be obtained by providing real property business services within a given
period. Sales in the real property business service are composed of sales in
the following services:
- Selling of real property,
including land divided into multiple lots and mobile home zones. Sales in real
property business activities are constituted by the cost price of real property
sold;
- Leasing of real property
for production, trading and residential purpose, even including land divided
into multiple lots;
- Operation of real property
associated with real property ownership and tenure, or rental of houses for
residential purposes and non-residential purposes (warehouses, exhibition
spaces, walking sites and shopping centers), land, or supply of furnished or
unfurnished houses, apartments, or rooms for long-term use in a period of a
month or a year;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Sales in real property
business services do not include sales generated from such activities as
construction of houses or structures for sale, division and land reclamation;
those performed by hotels, hostels, tents, and camping tourism activities and those
performed at other non-residential sites; leasing of short-stay accommodations,
student dorms, housing for workers/employees to live together.
b) Sales in administrative
and ancillary services (except for travel service) refer to total sum which has
been and will be obtained by providing services such as rental or leasing of
machinery, equipment and assets (without operators), rental or leasing of
personal and household goods; rental and leasing of non-financial assets; labor
and employment services; personal protection, security systems, private
detective services; cleaning services to homes and buildings and landscape
activities; office administrative, support and other business support
activities, etc. (except tour operator, travel agency and other tourism support
services).
c) Net sales in education
and training activities refer to total monetary amount that has been and will
be obtained by providing education and training services to clients, including
sales generated from overseas study consultancy but excluding sales generated
from selling books, newspapers and materials for research purposes and learning
tools to customers.
d) Net sales in health care
activities refer to total monetary amount that has been and must be obtained by
providing medical examination and treatment for clients, exclusive of those
generated from selling medicines and household medical instruments such as
blood pressure monitors, blood glucose meters and massage devices, etc.
dd) Sales in lottery,
sports, recreational and entertainment activities (VSIC 92 and 93) refer to
total amount which has been and must be obtained from providing services
meeting sports, recreational and entertainment demands of population. Sales in
these activities do not include income generated from museums activities,
restoration of historical sites, botanical and zoological gardens, and gambling
and betting activities; pantomimes, musical and other arts and entertainment
activities classified into the group No.90 – Creative, arts and entertainment activities.
In addition to the
above-mentioned services, sales in other service activities include total
monetary amount which has been and will be obtained from providing repair of
computers, personal and household goods (repair and maintenance of computers,
peripheral equipment and communications equipment; repair of audio-visual equipment
and electronic household appliances; repair of footwear and leather goods,
furniture and home furnishings, etc.); washing and cleaning of textile and fur
products; funeral services to individuals and community.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Survey of accommodation,
food, tourism and other service activities.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: Ministries
or sectoral authorities having authority over these services.
1004. Number of markets,
supermarkets and shopping centers
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Number of markets is defined
as a measure of the number of markets which are traditional and located in
planned areas to meet demands for trading and exchanging of consumer goods
among inhabitants living in such areas.
Supermarkets, commercial
centers, or shopping malls inside which supermarkets are located, are not
considers as the market of this kind.
Calculation method:
Markets are classified into
3 grades of market as follows:
- The first grade:
+ Have more than 400 trade
points, be built in a rigid and modern manner according to the stated planning;
+ Be located in the
significant economic and commercial centers of centrally-affiliated cities or
provinces, or large-scale markets of an industry or an economic sector, and be held
on a regular basis;
+ Have the market ground and
area which conform to requirements concerning its operating scope, and provide a
wide range of services such as parking lot, goods handling, warehousing, goods
quality measurement, inspection, food hygiene and other services.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Have the number of trade
points ranging from more than 200 to 400, be built in a rigid and semi-rigid
manner according to the stated planning;
+ Be located in the regional
economic exchange center and be held on a regular or irregular basis;
+ Have the market ground and
area which conform to requirements concerning its operating scope, and provide
basic services such as parking lot, goods handling, warehousing, measurement
and public sanitation.
- The third grade:
+ Have no more than 200
trade points, or have yet to be built in a rigid and semi-rigid manner;
2. Major classifications
- Market grade (first,
second and third grade);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Industry and Trade.
II. Number of supermarkets
and shopping centers
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of supermarkets
and shopping centers refers to the total number of supermarkets and shopping
centers existing in a given report period.
Supermarket is a form of
modern store; does general or specialized business; supplies diverse, abundant
and quality goods; conforms to certain standards concerning trading area,
technical equipment, and managerial and business organization capability;
provides civilized and convenient customer services in order to satisfy
shopping demands of customers.
Shopping center refers to a
form of modern, multi-functional commercial organization including a complex of
stores and service providers of different sorts, etc. located in the same area
or in a side-by-side manner within one or several adjacent structures; meets
requirements concerning trading space, technical equipment, managerial and
business organization capability; provides civilized and convenient customer
services to satisfy the demands for development of trader’s businesses and
meets customer’s demands for goods and services.
a) Supermarket is graded as
follows:
- The first grade:
+ General supermarket:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern and advanced technical design
and equipment, conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental
sanitation, provide safety and convenience for every customers; arrange parking
lots and toilet areas for customers in conformity with its operational scale;
Have advanced and modern
storage systems and technical equipment used for storing, processing, packing,
selling, measuring goods, making payment and managing business activities;
Classify and arrange goods
by industry sectors and divisions in a well-organized and logical manner to provide
customers with convenient and less time-consuming selection, shopping and
payment; provide personal locker services; operate food and beverage, amusement
services and services for the disabled, children, and home delivery, online and
telephone sale services.
+ Specialized supermarket:
Have area for trading
activities which is at least 1,000 m2;
Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern and advanced technical design
and equipment, conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental
sanitation, provide safety and convenience for every customers; arrange parking
lots and toilet areas for customers in conformity with its operational scale;
Have advanced and modern
storage systems and technical equipment used for storing, processing, packing,
selling, measuring goods, making payment and managing business activities;
Classify and arrange goods
by industry sectors and divisions in a well-organized and logical manner to
provide customers with convenient and less time-consuming selection, shopping
and payment; provide personal locker services; operate food and beverage,
amusement services and services for the disabled, children, and home delivery,
online and telephone sale services.
- The second grade:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Have area for trading
activities which is at least 2,000 m2;
Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern technical design and
equipment, conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental
sanitation, provide safety and convenience for every customers; arrange parking
lots and toilet areas for customers in conformity with its operational scale;
Have modern storage systems
and technical equipment used for storing, packing, selling goods, making
payment and managing business activities;
Classify and arrange goods
by industry sectors and divisions in a well-organized and logical manner to
provide customers with convenient and less time-consuming selection, shopping
and payment; provide personal locker services; operate food and beverage,
amusement services and services for the disabled, children, and home delivery
and telephone sale services.
+ Specialized supermarket:
Have area for trading
activities which is at least 500 m2;
Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern technical design and
equipment, conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental
sanitation, provide safety and convenience for every customers; arrange parking
lots and toilet areas for customers in conformity with its operational scale;
Have modern storage systems
and technical equipment used for storing, packing, selling goods, making
payment and managing business activities;
Classify and arrange goods
by industry sectors and divisions in a well-organized and logical manner to
provide customers with convenient and less time-consuming selection, shopping
and payment; provide personal locker services; operate food and beverage,
amusement services and services for the disabled, children, and home delivery services,
and sale of goods by post or phone.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ General supermarket:
Have area for trading
activities which is at least 500 m2;
Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern technical design and equipment,
conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental sanitation,
provide safety and convenience for every customers; arrange parking lots and
toilet areas for customers in conformity with its operational scale;
Have modern storage systems
and technical equipment used for storing, packing, selling goods, making
payment and managing business activities;
Classify and arrange goods
by industry sectors and divisions in a well-organized and logical manner to
provide customers with convenient and less time-consuming selection, shopping
and payment; provide personal locker services; operate services for the
disabled and home delivery services.
+ Specialized supermarket:
Have area for trading
activities which is at least 250 m2;
Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern technical design and
equipment, conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental
sanitation, provide safety and convenience for every customers; arrange parking
lots and toilet areas for customers in conformity with its operational scale;
Have modern storage systems
and technical equipment used for storing, packing, selling goods, making
payment and managing business activities;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
b) Shopping centers are
divided into 3 following grades:
- The first grade:
+ Have area for trading activities
which are at least 50,000 m2, and parking lots according with its
operational scale;
+ Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern and advanced technical design
and equipment, conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental
sanitation, provide safety and security for every entity involved in trading
activities within its precinct;
+ Operate on a
multifunctional basis by trading goods and services taking various forms,
including areas intended for placement of goods wholesaling and retailing
stores; restaurants, hotels; product promotional exhibition and fair halls;
spaces for entertainment, recreational activities, offices for rent, convention
rooms or halls used for holding meetings, conferences, workshops, commercial
contract signing ceremonies between domestic and/or foreign parties; areas
intended for financial, banking, insurance, post and telecommunications,
computer science, consultancy, investment brokerage and tourism activities.
- The second grade:
+ Have area for trading activities
which are at least 30,000 m2, and parking lots according with its operational
scale;
+ Have structures which are
built in a solid and aesthetic manner with modern and advanced technical design
and equipment, conform to requirements regarding fire protection, environmental
sanitation, provide safety and security for every entity involved in trading
activities within its precinct;
+ Operate on a
multifunctional basis by trading goods and services taking various forms,
including areas intended for placement of goods wholesaling and retailing
stores; restaurants, hotels; product promotional exhibition and fair halls;
spaces for entertainment, recreational activities, offices for rent, convention
rooms or halls used for holding meetings, conferences, workshops, commercial
contract signing ceremonies between domestic and/or foreign parties; areas
intended for financial, banking, insurance, post and telecommunications,
consultancy, investment brokerage and tourism activities.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Have area for trading activities
which are at least 10,000 m2, and parking lots according with its operational
scale;
+ Have structures which are
built in a solid manner with modern technical design and equipment, conform to
requirements regarding fire protection, environmental sanitation, provide
safety, security and convenience for every entity involved in trading
activities within its precinct;
+ Operate on a
multifunctional basis by trading goods and services taking various forms,
including areas intended for placement of goods wholesaling and retailing
stores; product promotional exhibition and fair halls; spaces for food and
beverage services, entertainment, recreational activities, offices for rent,
convention rooms or halls used for holding meetings, conferences, workshops,
commercial contract signing ceremonies between domestic and/or foreign parties;
areas intended for consultancy, investment brokerage and tourism activities.
2. Major classifications
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Industry and Trade.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1005. Goods export and
import value
I. Goods export value
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator is defined as
total value of goods carried abroad and causing a decrease in the national
material wealth. Export value measured at FOB price or equivalent refers to the
value of the goods at the first port of exit (exclusive of international
insurance and shipping costs), estimated during a given time period and
denominated in the US dollar as a single unit of currency.
Exports include all of the
goods of domestic origin and re-exports, or goods which are carried abroad, as
follows:
- Goods of domestic origin
refer to goods which are domestically mined, extracted, manufactured or
processed according to the Vietnam rules of origin;
- Re-exports refer to all
exported goods of foreign origin which are previously recorded as imports.
Calculation method:
- Goods which are exported
in the following forms:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Investment: Goods exported
for the purpose of creating fixed assets in projects qualifying for investment
incentive policies, projects financed by ODA funds;
+ Processing: Goods exported
under processing and assembling contracts signed with foreign parties,
including finished products returned to the original owner after processing;
raw materials/inputs exported for processing; goods exported as product samples
used in processing; machinery, equipment directly used in processing under
terms and conditions of processing contracts;
+ Re-exports defined as exported
goods of foreign origin which are previously recorded as imports.
- Goods which are exported
in the form of bartering with foreign partners, which does not use the
pecuniary payment method;
- Goods which are exported
as transactions between parent companies and subsidiary companies thereof or
foreign direct investment branches;
- Goods which are exported
in the form of loan borrowing, governmental or non-governmental grant;
- Goods which are exported
under finance lease contracts where lessees have rights, obligations and incur
any risk, etc. associated with goods. Where the abovementioned contents are not
specified in contracts of such kind, the lease period of at least 12 months
shall be taken into consideration;
- Goods which are returned
in import and export businesses;
- Goods which are carried
abroad for fairs, exhibitions or launch of product samples, and sold abroad;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Special goods:
+ Non-monetary gold refers
to gold in the form of bars, ingots, powders, nuggets, flakes, etc. exported by
enterprises or commercial banks (except for banks authorized to perform
transactions thereof by the State Bank) for commercial, working and manufacturing,
etc. purposes in accordance with laws and regulations;
+ Unissued banknotes and
securities, and coins not in circulation; coin and paper money collections;
+ Carriers of information or
images: magnetic tapes, magnetic disks, CD-ROMs, smart cards, etc., whether or
not recorded, or computer software, which are manufactured for general or
commercial use (excluding those produced upon the request or order of foreign
customers);
+ Goods dispatched abroad
through postal or courier services, be valued at the value exceeding stipulated
export duty exemption limits;
+ Goods exported by using
means of electronic commerce: Information exchange, goods ordering, commercial
contract signing and payment made with foreign partners performed via the
Internet, but goods physically moved outside of the territory of Vietnam and subject
to normal customs procedures;
+ Electricity;
+ Goods, fuels sold to be
used by foreign means of transport in their international journeys;
+ Minerals extracted or
mined within the continental shelf, international waters and overlapping zones,
etc., and sold abroad;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Aircraft, watercraft and
other transport equipment qualifying for being transacted without requiring
submission of customs declarations.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a month,
it is classified by:
- Economic activity
(domestic economic sector and foreign direct investment sector);
- List of Vietnam’s exports
and imports;
- Country/territory of final
destination of goods refers to the country/territory to which goods are shipped
under an arrangement with foreign customers, and at the time of exportation
there is the knowledge that none of commercial transactions or operations that
occur will lead to any change to the legal status of these goods;
- Centrally-governed
provinces/ cities: Based on export data of enterprises and/or organizations
applying for registration of their tax identification numbers in such
centrally-affiliated cities/provinces.
b) For a period of a quarter
or year, it is classified by:
- Economic activity,
including domestic economic sector and foreign direct investment sector;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- List of Vietnam’s exports
and imports;
- Country/territory of final
destination of goods refers to the country/territory to which goods are shipped
under an arrangement with foreign customers, and at the time of exportation
there is the knowledge that none of commercial transactions or operations that
occur will lead to any change to the legal status of these goods;
- Re-exports;
- Modes of transport:
Transport equipment used for moving goods outside of the territory of Vietnam,
including sea, air, rail and road transport;
- Centrally-governed
provinces/ cities: Based on export data of enterprises and/or organizations
applying for registration of their tax identification numbers in such
centrally-affiliated cities/provinces.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from enterprise surveys, export and import surveys, supplementary
declarations included in applications for registration in other countries
through exchanges of customs statistical data.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Finance;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
I. Goods import value
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator is defined as
total value of goods carried from abroad to Vietnam and causing an increase in
the national material wealth. Import value measured at CIF price refers to
the actual price paid at the first port of entry, calculated in a given period
and in the US dollar as a single unit of currency.
Imports include all of the
goods of foreign origin and re-imports, or goods which are carried into
Vietnam, including:
- Goods of foreign origin
defined as goods which are mined, extracted, manufactured or processed from
abroad according to the Vietnam rules of origin;
- Re-imports refer to all
imported goods of domestic origin which are previously recorded as exports.
Calculation method:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Trade: Goods are imported
for domestic production, consumption, export and normal business purposes, or imported
according to common trade agreements signed with foreign parties;
+ Investment: Goods imported
to create fixed assets of projects qualifying for investment incentive
policies, and those financed by ODA funds;
+ Processing: Goods imported
under processing and assembling contracts signed with foreign parties, including
raw materials/inputs imported for processing; goods imported as product samples
used in processing; machinery, equipment directly used in processing under
terms and conditions of processing contracts;
+ Re-imports defined as all
imported goods of domestic origin which are previously recorded as exports.
- Goods which are imported
in the form of bartering with foreign partners, which does not use the
pecuniary payment method;
- Goods which are transacted
between parent companies and subsidiary companies thereof or foreign direct
investment branches;
- Goods that take the form
of loan borrowing, governmental or non-governmental grant;
- Goods which are imported
under finance lease contracts where lessees have rights, obligations and incur
any risk, etc. associated with goods. Where the abovementioned contents are not
specified in contracts of such kind, the lease period of at least 12 months
shall be taken into consideration;
- Goods which are returned
in import and export businesses;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Goods which are purchased
or bartered by border residents, imported without commercial contracts, carried
by inbound passengers and in excess of stated allowance and subject to payment
of applicable import duties in accordance with laws and regulations;
- Special goods:
+ Non-monetary gold refers
to gold in the form of bars, ingots, powders, nuggets, flakes, etc. imported by
enterprises or commercial banks (except for banks authorized to perform
transactions thereof by the State Bank) for commercial, working, manufacturing
and value preservation, etc. purposes in accordance with laws and regulations;
+ Unissued banknotes and
securities, and coins not in circulation; coin and paper money collections;
+ Carriers of information or
images: magnetic tapes, magnetic disks, CD-ROMs, smart cards, etc., whether or
not recorded, or computer software, which are manufactured for general or
commercial use (excluding those produced upon the request or order of foreign
customers);
+ Goods received through
postal or courier services, be valued at the value exceeding stipulated import
duty exemption limits;
+ Goods imported by using
means of electronic commerce: Information exchange, goods ordering, commercial
contract signing and payment made with foreign partners performed via the
Internet, but goods physically moved inside of the territory of Vietnam and
subject to normal customs procedures;
+ Electricity;
+ Goods, fuels purchased
from abroad to be used in international journeys;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Offshore drilling rigs
purchased;
+ Aircraft, watercraft and
other transport equipment qualifying for being transacted without requiring
submission of customs declarations.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of a month,
it is classified by:
- Economic activity:
Domestic economic sector and foreign direct investment sector;
- List of Vietnam’s exports
and imports;
- Final destination
country/territory;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
b) For a period of a quarter
or year, it is classified by:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Economic industry;
- List of Vietnam’s exports
and imports;
- Final destination
country/territory;
- Re-exports;
- Modes of transport:
Transport equipment used for moving goods outside of the territory of Vietnam,
including sea, air, rail and road transport;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Finance;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1006. Export and import
goods
I. Export goods
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Export goods include goods
that fall within the scope of statistics, correspond to regulations on the
indicator "Export value - code 1005" and calculated by main goods and
different commodity classifications.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Re-exports;
- Main product;
- List of Vietnam’s exports
and imports.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from enterprise surveys, export and import surveys, supplementary
declarations included in applications for registration in other countries
through exchanges of customs statistical data.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Finance;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
II. Import goods
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Import goods include goods
that fall within the scope of statistics, correspond to regulations on the
indicator "Export value - code 1005" and calculated by main goods and
different commodity classifications.
2. Major classifications
- Final destination
country/territory;
- Re-exports;
- Main product;
- List of Vietnam’s exports
and imports.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from enterprise surveys, export and import surveys.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Finance;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1007. Trade surplus and
trade deficit
1. Definition and
calculation methodology:
Trade surplus occurs when
the value of exports exceeds that of imports within a given time period, and
reflects a surplus in the balance of trade.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Continent: Classified by
geographical regions;
- Group of nations,
including EU, ASEAN, OPEC, APEC;
- Country/territory.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from enterprise surveys, export and import surveys.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1008. Service export and
import value
I. Service export value
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Service export value refers
to total value of revenue generated from services supplied by resident natural
(or legal) entities within the territory of Vietnam to non–resident natural (legal)
entities, which is equivalent to quantity of services which has been provided.
2. Major classifications
- Service categories: Services
are categorized into 11 groups according to the list of Vietnam’s import and
export services based on the international Extended Balance of Payments
Services Classification, including:
+ Transport services;
+ Tourism and travel-related
services;
+ Postal and
telecommunication services;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Insurance services;
+ Financial and banking
services;
+ Computer and information
services;
+ Licenses, trademarks and royalties
fees;
+ Other trade-related
services;
+ Personal, cultural and
recreational services;
+ Government services, not
elsewhere classified.
- Main
countries/territories.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Survey of expenditure of
international visitors to Vietnam;
- Service export and import
survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The State
Bank of Vietnam; ministries or agencies authorized to manage these services.
II. Service import value
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Service import value refers
to gross value of expenditures on services paid by resident natural (or legal)
entities within the territory of Vietnam to non–resident natural (legal)
entities, which is equivalent to quantity of services which has been used.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Service categories:
Services are categorized into 11 groups according to the list of Vietnam’s
import and export services based on the international Extended Balance of
Payments Services Classification, including:
+ Transport services;
+ Tourism and travel-related
services;
+ Postal and
telecommunication services;
+ Construction and related
engineering services;
+ Insurance services;
+ Financial services;
+ Computer and information
services;
+ Licenses, trademarks and
royalties fees;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Personal, cultural and
recreational services;
+ Government services, not
elsewhere classified.
- Main countries/territories.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of expenditure of
international visitors to Vietnam;
- Service export and import
survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Collaborator: The State
Bank of Vietnam; ministries or agencies authorized to manage these services.
1009. Trade surplus and
deficit in services
1. Definition and calculation
methodology
- Trade surplus in services
reflects the balance of trade in services when the gross value of exports of
services is greater than the gross value of imports of services in a country
during a specified time period.
- Trade deficit in services
reflects the balance of trade in services when the gross value of imports of
services is greater than the gross value of exports of services in a country
during a specified time period.
2. Major classifications: Main
country/territory.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Service export and import
survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1010. Proportion of value of
processed exports to total goods export value
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This is a relative indicator
expressed in the percent ratio of total value of processed exports to total
goods export value in a given time period.
It is calculated by dividing
total value of processed or refined exports according to the Standard
International Trade Classification by total goods export value of the whole
country within 6 months or a year in which these exports are divided into 4
classification groups:
- Section 5: Chemicals and
related products;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Section 7: Machinery,
transport equipment, and parts thereof;
- Section 8: Miscellaneous
manufactured articles.
2. Major classifications: It
is classified by four above-mentioned sections.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from enterprise surveys, export and import surveys.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This is a relative indicator
expressed in the percent ratio of total value of high-technology exports to
total goods export value in a given time period.
It is calculated by dividing
total value of high-technology exports of certain commodity sections according
to the Standard International Trade Classification by total goods export value
in a reporting period. In this indicator, high-technology products include the
following headings: aircraft and associated equipment; computers and electronic
equipment; electronics and telecommunications; modern medicines; scientific
machinery, equipment and instruments; chemicals; non-electric machinery, arms
and ammunition.
2. Major classifications: It
is classified by the above-mentioned headings.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from export and import surveys, and enterprise surveys.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Industry and Trade, and the Ministry of Science and Technology.
1012. Proportion of minerals
export value to total goods export value
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This is a relative indicator
expressed in the percent ratio of total minerals export value to total goods
export value within a period of 6 months or a year.
It is calculated by dividing
total value of mineral products exported in a given time period by total goods
export value of the whole country within that period. In this indicator,
mineral goods are those classified into chapters 25, 26, 27 of the List of
Vietnam's exports and imports, specifically including:
- Chapter 25: Salt; sulphur;
earths and stone; plastering materials, lime and cement;
- Chapter 26: Ores, slag and
ash;
- Chapter 27: Mineral fuels,
mineral oils and products of their distillation; bituminous substances; mineral
waxes.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from export and import surveys, and enterprise surveys.
5. Regulatory bodies responsible
for data collection and aggregation: The General Statistics
Office.
1013. Proportion of value of
imports of inputs to total goods import value
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This is a relative indicator
expressed in the percent ratio of value of imported inputs to total goods
import value of the whole country within a given year.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Proportion of value of
imported goods which are machinery, devices, transport equipment and parts
thereof to total goods import value;
- Proportion of value of
imported goods which are raw materials to total goods import value
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- With respect to goods that
require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are sourced
from the national statistical reporting system;
- With respect to goods that
do not require the lodgement of customs declarations in Vietnam, the data are
sourced from export and import surveys, and enterprise surveys.
5. Regulatory bodies responsible
for data collection and aggregation: The General Statistics
Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1101. Consumer price index
(CPI), gold price index and USD price index
I. Consumer price index
(CPI)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
CPI is defined as a relative
indicator (expressed in percent) reflecting the trend and rate of change in the
general prices of goods and services for daily consumption by the population
over a specific time period.
The list of representative
goods and services includes main goods and services representative of the
population’s consumption in a given time period and are used in periodic
investigations and compilations of prices for CPI measurement purposes.
The CPI weight refers to
proportion of expenditure on goods and services of different classification
groups to the population's total expenditure in a given reference base year. This
weight is used without any change made within a period of 5 years.
After each 5-year period,
the list of representative items and weights shall be updated to accord with the
consumer market and the structure of daily expenditure of the population in a
current year.
Calculation formula:
Consumer price index is
calculated according to the weighted geometric average of Laspeyres that takes
the general form as follows:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
means the consumer price
index in the reporting period (t) compared to that in the fixed base period
(0);
,
respectively
means the consumer price in the reporting period (t) and the fixed base period
(0);
means
the weight in the fixed base period (0);
means expenditure for
consumption in the fixed base period (0);
n means the number of goods.
Method for calculating the
consumer price index
The CPI of specific
centrally-affiliated cities/provinces is measured by using the method for
calculating the weighted geometric average of the CPI of target consumer goods
and services of each classification group and its respective weights.
The CPI of 6 economic zones
is measured by using the method for calculating the weighted geometric average
of the CPI of each centrally-affiliated city/province in a particular economic
zone and its respective weights.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Classification of
individual consumption according to purpose (COICOP);
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly.
4. Data sources
- Consumer price index (CPI)
survey;
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Gold price index and/or USD
price index is defined as a relative indicator (expressed in percent)
reflecting the trend and rate of change in the price of gold and USD on the
market over a specific time period.
- Calculation method
Gold and USD prices are
compiled on a monthly basis from retailers and average prices are calculated by
averaging prices over days of a given month.
Gold and USD price index are
calculated according to the following formula:

Where:
means the index of gold or
USD prices the reporting month (t) compared with these in the preceding month
thereof (t-1);
means the average price of
gold or USD in the reporting month (t);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Centrally-governed
city/province;
- Economic zone.
3. Release period: Monthly.
4. Data sources: CPI
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1102. Basic inflation index
1. Definition
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Calculation method
The general method for
calculating the basic inflation index is aimed at eliminating temporary
changes, which are otherwise called random components of prices of certain
goods in the overall inflation rate.
The common method for
calculating the basic inflation index is the direct reduction method since this
method is simple, easily applied and understood to users.
Currently, the basic
inflation index is calculated by using the method of directly reducing 16
groups of goods including fresh and live food, energy, and state-controlled
prices.
3. Release period: Monthly.
4. Data sources: CPI
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1103. Social cost of living
index
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Social cost of living index
(SCOLI) refers to a relative indicator (expressed in %) reflecting the
difference between prices of goods and services used every day by inhabitants
in centrally-affiliated cities/provinces, or nationwide regions, in a specified
time (month, quarter or year).
Calculation method:
Measurement of SCOLI is based
on the methodology of international constant prices and data sources of
consumer price surveys. Based on data on average consumer prices of 63
centrally-affiliated cities and provinces, SCOLI index at the provincial and
municipal level is established according to the following steps:
Step 1: Preparing figures
for measurement of SCOLI index at the provincial/municipal and regional level.
Step 2: Identifying products
which overlap between cities/provinces and regions.
Step 3: Compiling SCOLI
indices at the municipal/provincial and regional level.
Compilation of the price
indices at the basic heading level:
Measurement of price indices
at the lowest level is called compilation at the basic heading level. In this
level, the non-weighted price compilation is applied. This is a classification
of CPI products (4-digit group) and a basic classification of products at
international constant prices (ICP). The method of Country-Product-Dummy (CPD)
is employed for such compilation at the basic heading level.
The regression equation for
CPD can be written as the following formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
pcp means the
price of the product p in the province/region c;
xcp = [Dc2...DcNcDp1Dp2..,DpNp]
β = [α2... αNc...Y1,Y2...YNp]T

Dpj and Dci
mean, respectively, the presumed product and province/region;
Np and Nc mean,
respectively, the number of products and province/region.
By arranging matrix symbols
according to separate observations, it can be written as the following formula:
Y = X
β + ε
Compilation of the price
indices at the higher heading level:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
SCOLI is calculated
according to the weighted geometric average formula that takes the general form
as follows:

Where:
IA/B means the
price index of the target heading;
means the price in the
reference province/region A;
means the price in the base
province/region (B);
means
the weight in the fixed base period (0);
n means the quantity of
goods taking part in index measurement.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
city/province;
- Economic zone.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: CPI
survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1104. Price index of raw
materials, fuels and intermediate substances used in production
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The price index of raw
materials, fuels and intermediate substances used in production is defined as a
relative indicator (expressed in percent) reflecting the trend and rate of
change in the price thereof over a specific time period.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Weights used for calculating
price indices of raw materials, fuels and intermediate substances in production
means proportion of intermediate costs incurred by each group of these raw
materials, fuels and intermediate substances to total intermediate cost of all
raw materials, fuels and intermediate substances used as production inputs. Such
weights are not subject to any change during a period of 5 years.
Calculation formula:
Price index of raw
materials, fuels and intermediate substances used in production is calculated
according to the weighted geometric average of Laspeyres that takes the general
form as follows:

Where:
means the price index of raw
materials, fuels and intermediate substances in the reporting period (t)
compared to that in a fixed base period (0);
,
means,
respectively, the price of raw materials, fuels and intermediate substances
used in agricultural production, manufacturing and engineering industry in the reporting
period (t) and the fixed base period (0);
means
the weight in the fixed base period (0);
means the intermediate cost by classification groups of
industries in the fixed base period (0);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Product sector;
- Economic zone.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Price
survey of raw materials, fuels and intermediate substances used in production
5. Regulatory bodies responsible
for data collection and aggregation: The General Statistics
Office.
1105. Price index of
agriculture, forestry, fishery, industrial and service production
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Price index of
agriculture, forestry, fishery production;
- Price index of industrial
production;
- Price index of service
production.
Price indices of agriculture,
forestry, fishery, industry and service production are defined as relative
indices (expressed in percent) reflecting the trend and rate of change in
prices of agricultural, forestry, fishery, industrial and service products
directly sold and supplied to the market by producers over time periods.
Price indices of
agriculture, forestry, fishery, industry and service production are calculated
on the basis of classification lists of representative products of agriculture,
forestry, fishery, industry and service production activities in a specified
time period (approximately 5 years), used in periodic price collection and for
calculating price indices thereof.
The weight used for
calculating price indices of agriculture, forestry and fishery production is
proportion of production value of each group of agricultural, forestry and
fishery products to gross production value of the entire industry, forestry and
fishery sector. Such weight is not subject to any change during a period of 5
years.
The weight used for calculating
price index of industrial production is proportion of revenue generated from
each group of industrial products to total consumption revenue of the entire
industry sector. Such weight is not subject to any change during a period of 5
years.
The weight used for
calculating price index of service production is proportion of production value
of each service group to gross production value of service production sector.
Such weight is not subject to any change during a period of 5 years.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.

Where:
Means the price index of
agriculture, forestry, fishery, industrial and service production in the
reporting period (t) compared with that in the fixed base period (0);
,
Means,
respectively, the price index of agriculture, forestry, fishery, industrial and
service products in the reporting period (t) and that in the fixed base period
(0);
means
the weight in the fixed base period (0);
means the production value
of group of agriculture, forestry, fishery, industrial and service industries
in the fixed base period (0);
n means the number of goods.
2. Major classifications
- Economic activity;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources:
- Price survey of service
production;
- Price survey of goods
production.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1106. Construction price
index
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Construction price index
refers to a relative indicator (expressed in percent) reflecting rate of change
(increase or decrease) in prices of construction of structures in the entire
construction sector nationwide over time periods.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Weights used in calculation
of construction price index are proportion (%) of construction output value of
each group of goods to total construction output value.
Construction price index is
calculated according to the weighted geometric average of Laspeyres that takes
the general form as follows:

Where:
means the construction price
index in the reporting period (t) compared to that in a fixed base period (0);
,
Means,
respectively, the price of construction goods in the reporting period (t) and
in the fixed base period (0);
means
the weight in the fixed base period (0);
means the construction
output value in the fixed base period (0);
n means the number of goods.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The construction price index
of a region is measured by using the method for calculating the weighted
geometric average of the construction price index of specific
centrally-affiliated cities/provinces and its equivalent weight.
The construction price index
of the entire country is measured by using the method for calculating the
weighted geometric average of the construction price index of specific economic
zones and its equivalent weight.
2. Major classifications
- Product sector: According
to type of construction works;
- Economic zone.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Construction
price survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Industry and Trade;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1107. Real estate price
index
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Real estate price index is
defined as a relative indicator (expressed in percent) reflecting the trend and
rate of change in prices at which real estate is transacted over time periods.
Measurement of real estate
price index is based on the classification list of representative real estate
items transacted on the market in a specified time period. The classification
list of representative real estate items is used in periodic price collection
for measurement of the real estate index.
The weight of real estate
index is proportion (expressed in percent) of transaction values of real estate
items in corresponding groups to total value of real estate transacted on the
market. Such weight is used without any change made within a period of 5
years.
Calculation formula:
The real estate price index
is calculated according to the weighted geometric average of Laspeyres that
takes the following general form:

...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
means the real estate price
index in the reporting period (t) compared to that in the fixed base period
(0);
,
Means,
respectively, the real estate price index in the reporting period (t) and in
the fixed base period (0);
means
the weight in the fixed base period (0);
means the real estate value
in the fixed base period (0);
n means the number of items.
2. Major classifications
- Real estate for sale
and/or disposal purposes;
- Rental real estate;
- Real estate business
service.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources: Real
estate price survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Construction.
1108. Wage price index
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Wage price index is defined
as a relative indicator (expressed in percent) that measures changes over time in
rates (prices) of wages that employers pay employees. In particular, wage
price index measures changes in levels of wages and salaries paid employees for
specific types of employment on a periodic basis (usually monthly or
quarterly), and only reflects the pure changes in wage rates, except for
changes made due to seniority-based pay rate, scale or level increases.
The representative list for
measurement of wage price index refers to the list of representative samples of
employment activities which are compiled in terms of wage rate (price) for
measurement of the wage price index, including common representative sectors,
activities, scales or levels. Each representative employment is selected by
enterprises from the payroll according to the instruction of the General
Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Calculation formula:
Wage price index is
calculated according to the Laspeyres formula that takes the following form:

Where:
means the wage price index
in the reporting period (t) compared to that in the fixed base period (0);
means the wage or salary
paid in the reporting period (t);
means the wage or salary in
the fixed base period (0);
means persons paid the rate
of wage in the fixed based period (0);
means the weight in the
fixed base period (0);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Annual calculation of the
wage price index is carried out for the entire nation.
2. Release period: Annual.
3. Data sources: Wage
price survey.
4. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1109. Export and import
price index
1. Definition, contents and
calculation methodology
Export and import price
index (XMPI) is composed of the export price index and the import price index.
The export price index is
defined as a relative indicator (expressed in percent) reflecting the trend and
rate of change in prices of export goods over time periods.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The classification list of
exports and imports used in calculation of the XMPI includes representative
export and import goods in a specified time period, is used for periodic price
collection and XMPI measurement.
Calculation formula:
The XMPI is calculated
according to the weighted geometric average of Laspeyres that takes the
following general form:

Where:
means the XMPI in the
reporting period (t) compared to that in the fixed base period (0);
,
Means,
respectively, the price of export and import goods in the reporting period (t)
and in the fixed base period (0);
means
the weight in the fixed base period (0);
means the XMPI in the fixed
base period (0);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- List of Vietnam’s goods exports
and imports;
- List of main
classifications of goods exports and imports.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Export
and import price survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Finance.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Under current circumstances
in Vietnam, the commodity term of trade is the only one that can be measured.
This is a relative indicator
(expressed in percent) reflecting the ratio of the commodity export price to
the commodity import price of a country in a specified time period.
The commodity term of trade
is calculated on the basis of export and import price index figures denominated
in US dollars that have the same reference.
Calculation formula:
Term
of trade
=
Commodity
export price index
x 100
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications: Main
classifications of export and import goods.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: Export
and import price survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Finance.
12. Transportation
1201. Revenue from transportation,
storage and warehouse and auxiliary transport services
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
This indicator refers to sum
of money obtained from provision of transportation, storage and warehouse and
other auxiliary transport services in a specified time period, including:
- Revenue from passenger
transportation activities refers to total monetary amount earned by providing
passengers with domestic and overseas transport services on means of land,
rail, water and air transport; <0}
- Revenue from freight
transport services refers to total monetary amount earned by carrying domestic
and overseas freight on on means of land, rail, water and air transport;
- Revenue from other
supporting and auxiliary transport services refers to total monetary amount
earned by performing auxiliary and supporting transport service activities,
comprising:
+ Revenue from cargo
handling services refers to total monetary amount earned from loading,
unloading and stowage of cargoes and baggage of passengers on means of
transportation;
+ Revenue from storage and
warehouse services refers to total sum earned by performing operations such as
leasing of warehouses and yards for storage and preservation of cargos;
+ Revenue from other
transport-related supporting and auxiliary services.
Calculation formula:
Revenue
from transportation, storage and warehouse and auxiliary transport services
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Revenue
from passenger transport services
+
Revenue
from freight transport services
+
Revenue
from transport-related supporting and auxiliary services
Where:
- Revenue from passenger
transport services is equal to an amount of money equivalent to the number of
tickets sold or passengers' payments for their trips along predetermined
routes;
- Revenue from freight
transport services is calculated by multiplying the actual number of carried
cargos (including their packaging, where applicable) by the actual average
freight rate (according to regulatory policies of the Government or
arrangements between consignors and shippers);
- Revenue from
transport-related supporting and auxiliary services:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Revenue from warehouse and
storage facility business operations is equal to total monetary amount which
has been or will be obtained from rental of warehouses or yards for storage and
preservation of cargos.
+ Revenue from other
transport-related supporting and auxiliary services.
2. Major classifications
- Transportation mode
sector: Freight and passenger transport (road, rail, water and air transport),
handling, warehousing and storage industry;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1202. Volume of passenger transport
and traffic
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) Volume of passenger transport
This represents the actual
number of passengers transported in a given period, regardless of the length of
their trips. The designated unit of measurement is passenger (p).
b) Volume of passenger traffic
This represents the traffic
passenger quantity, which is calculated by both components such as volume of
passenger transport and actual length (distance) of their trips. It is measured
in passenger – kilometer (pkm).
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Volume
of passenger transport (p)
x
Actual
length of trip (km)
Where:
Actual length of trip means
the distance which a passenger is charged to travel according to distance rates
stipulated by competent regulatory authorities.
Volume of passenger
transport on a vehicle which is leased under a per-trip transportation
agreement is only counted as 1 transport based on the number of passenger seats
per that vehicle.
2. Major classifications
- Transport sector (rail,
road, water and air transport);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
- Survey of transport,
warehousing and storage operations.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1203. Volume of freight
transport and traffic
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
a) Volume of freight
transport
This represents the tonne of
freight transported in a given period, regardless of the transportation
distance. It is measured in tonne (T) or cubic meter (m3) for the
freight pipeline transport which is, however, converted into tonne for
totalization thereof.
Volume of freight transport
is calculated as the actual tonne of freight transported (including packaging
where applicable). Volume of freight transport is measured only after the
transportation process is finished, or freight has already been transported to
the place of receipt under terms and conditions of a transportation agreement,
and after all formalities relating to actual loading of freight on transport
equipment for calculation of volume of freight transport are completed. With
respect to bulky freight transported by motor vehicles, where it is impossible
to directly determine their tonne, such tonne is calculated equivalently to 50%
of payload tonnes, or is calculated according to agreements between vehicle
owners and consignors for calculation of actual tonne of freight.
b) Volume of freight traffic
This is calculated by both
following components: Volume of freight transport and actual transport
distance. It is measured in Tonne-kilometer (tkm).
Calculation formula:
Volume
of freight traffic (tkm)
=
Volume
of freight transport (T)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Actual
transport distance (km)
2. Major classifications
- Transport sector (rail,
road, water and air transport);
- Domestic/overseas;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- Individual production and
business establishment survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1204. Volume of cargo
throughput
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Volume of cargo throughput
refers to the actual quantity of freight entering or exiting ports in a given
time period, including:
Volume of freight exiting
ports refers to actual tonnes of freight loaded onboard sea, inland waterways
and air transport units at ports to depart for other ports.
Volume of freight entering
ports refers to actual tonnes of freight carried by sea, inland waterways and
air transport units from other ports to arrive in ports of destination for
unloading of such freight from these transport units. <0}
Volume of cargo throughput
is measured for such types of freight as exports, imports, goods domestically
sold or purchased as exports or imports by export processing enterprises, or
international goods in transit, except for goods loaded or unloaded outside of
port territories, amount of liquid transported through ports as supplies to
ships such as freshwater, fuels, and amount of goods lost during the port
handling process.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Inland waterways port;
- Airport.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Transportation.
1205. Number, current and
newly-increased handling capacity of inland waterway ports
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) Number of inland waterway
ports
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
b) Current handling capacity
of inland waterway port
The current handling
capacity of an inland waterway port means the current throughput capacity in a
predetermined report year.
The current handling
capacity is calculated according to two indicators such as design and actual
handling capacity.
c) Newly-increased handling
capacity of inland waterway port
This is the throughput
capacity which is newly increased (in terms of construction design) due to
expansion, improvement of current ports or construction of new ones which are
brought into operation in a given report year.
2. Major classifications: Inland
waterway port.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Transportation.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1206. Number, current and
newly-increased transport capacity of airports
1. Definition and calculation
methodology
a) Number of currently
available airports is the number of airports that currently exists as of a
given reporting period. Airport is an identified area encompassing airfield,
terminal and other necessary equipment and facilities used for taking off and
landing of arriving or departing aircraft and performing air transport
activities.
b) Current transport
capacity of an airport means capacity for accommodating aircraft, embarking and
disembarking passengers, loading, unloading, receiving, storing air cargos and
performing other services in airports which currently exist in a given period,
and is calculated according to design and actual capacity.
c) Newly-increased transport
capacity of an airport represents newly increased transport capacity (based on its
design capacity) of an airport system which has been completely constructed,
transferred and put into operation in a given period, including capacity newly
increased due to improvement and expansion of currently available airports.
2. Major classifications
- Domestic;
- International.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Transportation.
13. Information technology
and communications
1301. Revenue from postal
and courier services
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
- Revenue from postal and
courier activities refers to total monetary amount which has been and will be
obtained by providing domestic and international postal and mail delivery
services for customers by institutional entities in a specified time period.
- Revenue from postal and
courier services comprises revenue generated from provision of both postal and
courier services.
+ Postal services include
such activities as reception, sorting, shipping and distribution of (both
inbound and outbound) letters, mails, postal items or parcels by all means from
senders to recipients at their addresses (exclusive of postal money transfer
and savings services).
+ Courier services include
such activities as reception, sorting, carriage and distribution of (both inbound
and outbound) letters, mails, postal items or parcels performed by enterprises which
are not parties to general service commitments. This type of service is also
composed of home delivery services.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of information and
communications service activities;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1302. Postal and courier
service output
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Postal and courier service
output includes outputs in mail, postal item and parcel services performed by
postal service providers in a specified time period. This is composed of the
followings:
- Output of mail service
refers to a quantity of addressed and unaddressed mail (including communications
and advertising mail) which is handled, transported and distributed, both
domestically and internationally. Output of mail service does not include the quantity
of mail for which no service charge is paid.
- Output of postal items and
parcels of goods refers to the quantity of postal items and parcels of goods
which is handled, shipped and delivered, both domestically and internationally.
Output of postal items and parcels of goods refers to the quantity of postal
items and parcels of goods which is handled, shipped and delivered, both
domestically and internationally.
- Letter post items refer to
the quantity of ordinary postal items of different kinds, postal items delivered
within a day and postal items posted, both domestically and internationally, by
express delivery services for which charges are paid, except for items sent
free of charge, including service items (sent and received between postal and
telecommunications operators).
- Parcel post items refer to
the quantity of ordinary parcels, parcels posted, both domestically and
internationally, by express delivery services for which charges are paid,
except for items sent free of charge, including service items sent and received
between postal and telecommunications operators.
- The number of mail and/or
telegraphic transfers refers to the quantity of mail and telegraphic money
orders which are sent both domestically and internationally through the post.
- Total quantity of
newspapers released through the post is total amount of central, sectoral and
local newspapers or magazines and/or imported ones which are released, both
domestically and internationally, through the post.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of information and
communications service activities;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1303. Revenue from
telecommunications services
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Revenue from
telecommunications services refers to total monetary amount earned by
performing such service activities as signal transmission of signs, signals,
numerical and alphabetical characters, sounds, images, or information in other
forms, between terminals in a telecommunication network. In other words, it
includes revenue generated from domestic and international provision of
telecommunications services, such as fixed-line telephone, mobile phone,
message, telegraph, telex, electronic mail, internet, data transmission, and
television broadcasting services, etc.
Revenue from
telecommunications services is determined as total revenue generated from rates
applied to postpaid service users, and revenue derived from sale of pre-paid SIM
cards; revenue earned from the difference in payment of telecommunications
service charges between telecommunications enterprises and revenue derived from
the difference in the international payment between telecommunications
enterprises and foreign partners. Telecommunications services are constituted
by basic and value-added service components.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of information and
communications service activities;
- National statistical
reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1304. Number of telephone
subscriptions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Number of telephone subscriptions
refers to the number of active fixed-line telephone subscriptions and the
number of mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions in which two-way voice,
message and data communication services are in use, and those in which one-way
communication services are locked, as of the data compilation time.
Calculation method:
With respect to fixed-line
telephone subscriptions, statistical data on the enterprise's system available
at the time of data compilation shall be used for calculation of this
indicator.
With respect to
mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions, total number of mobile-cellular
telephone subscriptions in which two-way voice, message and data communication
services are in use, and those in which one-way communication services are
locked, available as of the data compilation time shall be used for calculation
of this indicator.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- For a period of a month,
quarter and year, it is classified by the subscription type (fixed or mobile);
- For a period of a year, it
is further classified by centrally-governed province/ city.
3. Release period:
Monthly, quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of universal access
to information and communications services;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1305. Mobile phone
penetration rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Mobile phone penetration
rate is calculated as the ratio of mobile phone users to general population.
Depending on governance
requirements set out over time periods and in order to conform to international
comparison objectives, the number of mobile phone users is regulated on the
basis of their age and specified frequency of mobile phone usage. Therefore,
scope of data compilation shall be expressly defined in specific survey plans.
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed province/
city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1306. Internet penetration
rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Internet penetration rate is
calculated as the ratio of the number of Internet users to general population,
measured at the observation time.
Depending on governance
requirements set out over time periods and in order to conform to international
comparison objectives, the number of Internet users is regulated on the basis
of their age and specified usage frequency. Therefore, scope of data
compilation shall be expressly defined in specific survey plans.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: Survey
of universal access to information and communications services.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1307. Number of internet
subscriptions
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Number of internet
subscriptions includes the number of fixed and wireless internet subscriptions.
Internet access service is
defined as a type of service enabling internet users to access Internet.
2. Major classifications
- Connection mode (fixed or
wireless connection);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of universal access
to information and communications services;
- National statistical
reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1308. Household internet
penetration rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Household internet
penetration rate is calculated as the ratio of the number of households having
Internet access to the total number of households at the observation time.
Household with Internet
access refers to households provided with Internet access services. The scope
of data compilation and detailed regulations on internet household users shall
be expressly defined in specific survey plans.
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: Survey
of universal access to information and communications services.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1309. Number of
institutional units engaging in e-commerce transactions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of institutional
units engaging in e-commerce transactions is defined as the number of companies
and/or organizations performing such activities as trading of goods, services,
trade promotion, advertising, sales promotion and other activities through
wbsites for online sales (except for those that own websites only used for
providing their background information, and those selling or purchasing goods
and services via telephone or fax). This specifically includes:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- An institutional unit
purchasing goods must place online purchase orders of goods or services and
have at least one online purchase of goods or services in a given observation
period.
E-commerce transactions are
usually performed through the following modes: B2B e-commerce transaction defined
as e-commerce transactions between organizations (enterprises, and between
corporations and state regulatory bodies, etc.); B2C e-commerce transaction
defined as e-commerce transactions between organizations and consumers; C2C
e-commerce transaction defined as e-commerce transactions between consumers.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity.
3. Release period: Biennial.
4. Data sources
- E-commerce statistical
survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1310. Average international
Internet bandwidth capacity per 100 inhabitants
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Average international
Internet bandwidth capacity per 100 inhabitants refers to the amount of
capacity for connecting to international Internet at the observation time which
is calculated as the average capacity amount per one hundred of inhabitants
(unit of measurement: kilobit/second). In other words, it measures how much
capacity for international internet is used by one hundred of inhabitants.
International Internet
bandwidth capacity is total capacity of international Internet connection
routes of telecommunications enterprises providing Internet access services in
Vietnam.
2. Major classifications: Type
of Internet service provider.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of information and
communications service activities;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Information and Communications;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1311. Revenue from the
information technology industry
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Revenue from the information
technology industry refers to total monetary amount which has been and will be
obtained by performing such service activities such as programming, encoding, repairing,
testing and assisting software to meet specific customer’s demands, including embedded
software; setting up and designing computer systems compatible with hardware,
software and communication technologies; managing and operating computer
systems of clients and data processing tools; expert activities; other
computer-related activities; providing information infrastructure for rent,
processing data, furnishing searching tools and other gateways for Internet
(including activities classified into division 62 and 631 of VSIC 2007).
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Enterprise survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Information and Communications.
14. Science and technology
1401. Number of science and
technology organizations
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Form of a science and
technology organization is stipulated as follows:
- Scientific research
organizations, or scientific research and technology development organizations,
take the form of a(n) academy, institute, center, laboratory, research station,
monitoring station, testing station and other form defined by the Minister of
Science and Technology (collectively called scientific research and technology
development organization);
- Higher education
institutions are organized in accordance with regulations enshrined in the Law
on Higher Education. Higher education institutions are comprised of
universities, academies and colleges;
- Science and technology
service organizations take the form of a(n) center, office, laboratory and other
form defined by the Minister of Science and Technology.
Calculation method: All
science and technology organizations existing at the reporting time are totaled.
2. Major classifications
- Type of organization:
Scientific research and technology development organization; higher education
institution; science and technology service organization.
- Science and technology
field: Natural, engineering and technological, agricultural, pharmaceutical,
social and humanity science.
- Economic sector;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of scientific and
technological potential of science and technology organizations;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Science and Technology.
1402. The number of
personnel in science and technology organizations
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of personnel in
science and technology organizations refers to employees managed, hired,
utilized and paid salaries for their services, including permanent and contract
employees.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Ethnicity;
- Organization type;
- Science and technology
field;
- Training field;
- Qualification;
- Title.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Survey of scientific and
technological potential of science and technology organizations;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Science and Technology;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1403. Number of personnel
participating in scientific research and technological development activities
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of personnel
participating in scientific research and technological development activities
refers to people managed, hired, utilized and paid salaries, and directly
participating in or assisting in scientific research and technological
development activities.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
a) Research officers are
those who have completed colleges’ training degrees as a minimum requirement,
directly participate in scientific research and technological development
activities with the objectives of creating knowledge, products and new
processes, and invent new methodologies and systems; spend at least 10% of
their work hours for such activities. This group of these officers includes
managers who directly administer scientific research and technological
development activities.
b) Technical officers are
technicians and staff members working in laboratories who have completed
vocational/professional schools’ secondary training degrees as a minimum
requirement or equivalents, participate in scientific research and
technological development tasks by performing scientific and technical
activities that require conformance to implementary definitions and procedures
supervised by research officers.
a) Assistant staff members
are administrative and clerical employees participating in scientific research
and technological development tasks. This group of personnel includes those
undertaking managerial and administrative tasks and others related to
personnel, finance and administrative tasks provided that these tasks support
scientific research and technological development activities.
d) Other personnel are
people performing scientific research and technological development activities
who are other than those mentioned above.
Employees undertaking
indirect support tasks such as miscellaneous, cleaning, driving and security
guard, etc. shall not be considered as those participating in scientific
research and technological development activities.
2. Major classifications
- Work position;
- Science and technology
field;
- Qualification;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Sex.
3. Release period: Biennial.
4. Data sources
- Scientific research and
technological development survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Science and Technology.
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Patented invention refers to
inventions on which patents are granted by state regulatory bodies in order to
establish domestic and overseas industrial property rights.
Invention means technical
solutions that take the form of a product or process to solve a specified
problem by applying natural laws.
The number of patented
inventions is calculated as the number of inventions protected by intellectual
property rights granted, including:
a) The number of patents
granted to Vietnamese people by the National Office of Intellectual Property
b) The number of patents
granted to aliens by the National Office of Intellectual Property.
2. Major classifications
- Technical field;
- Work location: Scientific
research and technological development organization; university, institute,
college; administrative and other public service entities; non-state and
business entities;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Scientific research and
technological development survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Science and Technology.
1405. Technological and
equipment innovation index
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This is a relative indicator
representing the percent ratio of technological and equipment innovations
occurring in the year preceding the observation year to those occurring in the
observation year.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Science and Technology.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1406. Ratio of expenditure
on technological innovations to total fixed capital in enterprises
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Ratio of expenditure on
technological innovations to total fixed capital in enterprises is equal to the
percent ratio of technological innovation expenditure to total fixed capital in
enterprises.
Expenditure on technological
innovations in enterprises is an enterprise’s investments in innovation of
products and manufacturing processes, including purchase of inventions or
creations, equipment, production of new management tools and lines, and
trademarks, etc.
2. Major classifications
- Economic sector;
- Economic activity;
- Funding source.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1407. Expenditure on
scientific research and technological development activities
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Expenditure on scientific
research and technological development refers to expenditure accounts on
developmental investments, scientific research and technological development
and other tasks.
The funding source is
categorized into 3 following groups:
- With respect to the fund
derived from the State Budget (including the one that has the characteristic of
fund derived from the state budget), it is divided into central government and
local government budget. Central government budget is composed of expenditure
given from the Ministry of Science and Technology, and Ministries or industry
sectors. Local government budget is the appropriation given from the budget of
centrally-affiliated cities/provinces;
- The fund from the
non-state budget includes expenditure given by enterprises and higher education
institutions;
- Overseas funds.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Funding source;
- Research form;
- Work location: Scientific
research and technological development organization; university, institute,
college; administrative and other public service entities; non-state and
business entities;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Biennial.
4. Data sources
- Scientific research and
technological development survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office and the Ministry of Finance.
15. Education
1501. Average number of general
education students per a teacher
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The average number of
general education students per a teacher is defined as the ratio between the
total number of students and the total number of teachers at specific academic
levels.
Calculation formula:
Average
number of general education students per a teacher at the academic level t in
the academic year k
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
current number of general education teachers at the academic level t in the
academic year k
2. Major classifications
- Form;
- Academic level;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of non-public
educational institutions;
- National statistical
reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1502. Average number of
general education students per a class
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The average number of
general education students per a class is defined as the ratio of the total
number of students to the total number of classes at specific academic levels.
Calculation formula:
The
average number of general education students per a class at the academic
level t in the academic year k
=
The
current number of general education students at the academic level t in the
academic year k
The
number of classes at the academic level k in the academic year k
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Academic level;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of non-public
educational institutions;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Education and Training.
1503. Percentage of students
attending general education schools
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Percentage of students attending
general education schools includes the collective percentage of students attending
general education schools and the age-appropriate percentage of students attending
general education schools.
The collective percentage of
students attending general education schools refers to the percent ratio of the
number of students currently attending primary schools to primary-school age
population aged 6-10 years.
The collective percentage of
students attending lower secondary schools refers to the percent ratio of the
number of students currently attending lower secondary schools to lower
secondary-school age population aged 11-14 years.
The collective percentage of
students attending upper secondary schools refers to the percent ratio of the
number of students currently attending upper secondary schools to upper
secondary-school age population aged 15-17 years.
Calculation formula:
Collective
percentage of students attending schools at the academic level i in the
academic year t (%)
=
The
number of students attending schools at the academic level i in the academic
year t
x
100
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The age-appropriate
percentage of students attending primary schools refers to the percent ratio of
students of 6-10 years of age currently attending primary schools to
primary-school age population aged 6-10 years.
The age-appropriate
percentage of students attending lower secondary schools refers to the percent
ratio of students of 11-14 years of age currently attending lower secondary
schools to lower secondary-school age population aged 11-14 years.
The age-appropriate
percentage of students attending upper secondary schools refers to the percent
ratio of students of 15-17 years of age currently attending upper secondary
schools to upper secondary-school age population aged 15-17 years.
Calculation formula:
Age-appropriate
percentage of students attending schools at the academic level i in the
academic year t (%)
=
The
number of students within age for the academic level i currently taking the
academic level i in the academic year t
x
100
Population
reaching age for the academic level i in the academic year t
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Collective/age-appropriate;
- Academic level;
- Sex;
- Ethnicity;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of non-public
educational institutions;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Education and Training;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
16. Medical and health care
services
1601. Number of physicians
and hospital beds per 10,000 population
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
a) The number of physicians
per 10,000 physicians is determined at the reporting time according to the following
formula:
The
average number of physicians per 10,000 population
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
number of physicians currently working in the medical field as of the
reporting time
x
10,000
Population
estimated at the said time
Physicians mentioned herein
include bachelors, masters, doctors, professors and associate professors of
medicine, and holders of medical degrees currently working in the medical
field.
b) The number of hospital
beds per 10,000 physicians is determined at the reporting time according to the
following formula:
The
average number of hospital beds per 10,000 population
=
The
number of beds available in medical institutions as of the reporting time
x
10,000
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The number of beds available
at medical facilities of communes/wards/commune-level towns, or organizational
units.
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of non-public
medical institutions and personnel;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Health.
1602. Ratio of maternal
deaths to 100,000 live births
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
This is the ratio of the
average number of women that died of pregnancy and childbirth related causes
(exclusive of incidental causes such as accidents or suicides, etc.) while
pregnant or within 42 days of termination of pregnancy per 100,000 live births
during a given study period (usually a calendar year).
Calculation formula:

Where:
MRb: Ratio
of maternal deaths to 100,000 live births;
:The number of women that die
of pregnancy and childbirth causes during a given time period (calendar year);
B: The number of live births
during a given time period (calendar year).
2. Major classifications: Ethnic
group (Kinh and other ethnic group).
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-period population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1603. Mortality rate of
infants under one year old
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Mortality rate of infants
under one year old is a measure of the death rate of infants in their first
year of life. This rate is defined as the average number of deaths of infants
under one year old per 1,000 live births in a given year.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
IMR: Mortality rate of
infants under one year old;
D0: The number of
deaths of infants under one year old in a given year;
B: Total live births in a
given year.
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Region;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1604. Under-five infant
mortality rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This is defined as the
average number of deaths of infants under five years old per 1,000 live births
in a given year.
Calculation formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Where:
U5MR: Under-five
infant mortality rate;
5D0:
The number of deaths of infants under five years old in a given year;
B: Total live births in a
given year.
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Urban/ rural;
- Region;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Population change and
family planning survey.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1605. Percentage of
fully-vaccinated infants under one year old
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Percentage of infants under
one year old fully given vaccines administered by injection (or orally) under
the Ministry of Health's regulations is determined according to the formula:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
The
number of infants under one year old fully given vaccines administered by
injection (orally) under the Ministry of Health’s regulations in a specified
year
x
100
The
total number of infants under one year old in the same region in the said
year
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources:
- Demographic and health
survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1606. Percentage of infants
under five years old with malnutrition
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Percentage of infants under
five years old with malnutrition refers to the number of under-five infants
with malnutrition in at least one of 3 following forms: weight for age, height
for age or weight for height per 100 infants who are measured in a specified
region during the survey period.
Infants with weight-for-age
malnutrition refer to infants under five years old with their weight for age which
is below minus 2 standard deviations (-2SD) from the WHO’s median weight for
age of reference population.
Infants with height-for-age
malnutrition refer to infants under five years old with their height for age
which is below minus 2 standard deviations (-2SD) from the WHO’s median height
for age of reference population.
Infants with weight-for-height
malnutrition refer to infants under five years old with their weight for height
which is below minus 2 standard deviations (-2SD) from the WHO’s median weight
for height of reference population.
WHO’s reference population
is defined as a group of infants whose health, weight and height develop
normally, and whose weight and height are used as the WHO reference standard
for assessing the nutritional status of infants of same age. The WHO 2006
reference population is used as a new standard in place of the previous one
adopted by the US and WHO.
The nutritional status is
classified into the following groups:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Malnutrition:
1st degree
(moderate) < - 2SD and ≥ - 3SD
2nd degree
(severe) < - 3SD and ≥ - 4SD
3rd degree (very
severe): < - 4SD
In which SD represents the
standard deviation.
Malnutrition is a broad term
which refers to both overnutrition and undernutrition.
Percentage
of infants under five years old with weight-for-age malnutrition (%)
=
Number
of infants under five years old with weight-for-age malnutrition
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Number
of infants under five years old whose weight is measured
Percentage
of infants under five years old with height-for-age malnutrition (%)
=
Number
of infants under five years old with height-for-age malnutrition
x
100
Number
of infants under five years old whose height is measured
Percentage
of infants under five years old with weight-for-height malnutrition (%)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Number
of infants under five years old with weight-for-height malnutrition
x
100
Number
of infants under five years old whose weight and height are measured
2. Major classifications
- Malnutrition level;
- Sex;
- Ethnicity (Kinh or other
ethnic group);
- Month-age group;
- Urban/ rural;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Nutrition survey;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Health.
1607. Number of current HIV
infection cases detected per 100,000 population
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of current HIV
infection cases detected per 100,000 population refers to the number of people
with HIV infection detected by medical institutions in a specified region and
at the given time per 100,000 population living in such region.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Total
number of people currently diagnosed with HIV in the region a at the time t
x
100,000
Total
population living in the region a at the time t
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Age group;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Health.
1608. Number of deaths due
to HIV/AIDS annually reported per 100,000 population
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of cases of
deaths due to HIV/AIDS per 100,000 population in the reporting year is
determined according to the formula:
Number
of cases of deaths due to HIV/AIDS in the region a in the year t per 100,000
population (person)
=
Number
of new deaths due to HIV/AIDS in the region a in the year t
x
100,000
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Sex;
- Age group;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Health.
17. Culture, sports and
tourism
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
National-level cultural
heritage assets refer to spiritual and material products of Vietnam which have
typical historical, cultural and scientific values and are passed from one
generation to another, including intangible and tangible cultural heritage
assets.
Intangible cultural heritage
means spiritual products associated with communities or individuals, related
objects and cultural spaces, having historical, cultural, scientific values, representing
the cultural identities of communities, being constantly recreated and
transmitted from generation to generation in oral, craftsmanship, performance
and other forms.
Tangible cultural heritage
means material products having historical, cultural and scientific values,
comprising historical - cultural places, monuments, scenic landscapes, beauty
spots, vestiges, relics, antiques and national treasures. This indicator is
only intended for statistics of intangible cultural heritage such as historical
– cultural monuments and scenic landscapes.
2. Major classifications
- Rank;
- Type.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1702. Number of medals won
in international competitions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of medals won in
international competitions refers to the quantity of gold, silver and bronze
medals that Vietnamese athletes have been awarded in official international sports
competitions, except for athletes’ achievements in events to which they are
invited. Official international sports competitions include world
competitions (Olympic games, championship and youth championship events); Asian
competitions (ASIAD, championship and youth championship events); Southeastern
competitions (SEA Games, championship and youth championship events).
2. Major classifications
- Medal type;
- Type of sports;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism.
1703. Tourism and travel
revenue
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator refers to
total net revenue generated from tourism and travel service activities,
including net revenue earned from sale, arrangement for operation of tour
programs; travel agent’s activities (commissions received by selling a travel
company’s tour programs to tourists but not operating these programs); other
services providing support to tourists, etc.
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
4. Data sources
- Enterprise survey;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1704. Number of foreigners coming
to Vietnam
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Foreigner coming to Vietnam
refers to those who keep papers defining their foreign nationality and those
who are stateless persons when entering into Vietnam.
2. Major classifications
- Nationality;
- Means of arrival.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal collaborator:
The Ministry of Public Security, the Ministry of National Defense;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1705. Number of Vietnamese
people travelling abroad
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Vietnamese people travelling
abroad refer to Vietnamese nationals with legal permanent residence in Vietnam
going abroad.
2. Major classifications: Means
of transport.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal collaborator:
The Ministry of Public Security, the Ministry of National Defense;
- Collaborator: The General
Statistics Office.
1706. Number of domestic visitors
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Domestic visitors refer to
Vietnamese citizens or foreigners having legal permanent residence in Vietnam
taking tours within the territory of Vietnam. In statistics, this indicator is
defined as people leaving their permanent living environment for another and
staying there less than 12 successive months for the main purposes such as
sightseeing, rest and refreshment, press conference or convention, study,
visits to relatives, medical treatment or others, except working for a living
at the place where they are destined.
Overnight visitors refer to
tourists who stay for at least one night at tourist accommodation
establishments located at tourist places.
Day visitors refer to
tourists who do not stay overnight at any tourist accommodation establishment
located at tourist places.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The number of visitors
served by travel establishments refers to the total number of visitors taking
tours operated by tourism businesses.
Data for this indicator is aggregated
with the help of tourist accommodation establishments and travel companies.
Calculation formula:
Total
number of domestic visitors
=
Total
number of domestic overnight visitors
+
Total
number of domestic day visitors
Where:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
=
Total
number of nights
Average
number of nights per one domestic overnight visitor
Total
number of domestic day visitors
=
Total
number of domestic overnight visitors
Ratio
between the number of domestic overnight visitors and domestic day visitors
within a given tourist place
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Day visitor;
- Number of visitors served
by tourist accommodation establishments;
- Number of visitors served
by travel establishments;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quarterly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism.
1707. expenditure of
international visitors to Vietnam
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Expenditure of international
visitors to Vietnam refers to total monetary amount spent by international
visitors during their stay in Vietnam, including the followings:
- Domestic transportation
cost (exclusive of fares on international transportation tickets);
- Meal and accommodation
cost;
- Cost of purchase of goods;
- Cost of Sightseeing, leisure,
entertainment, cultural and sports activities;
- Medical cost;
- Other spending in Vietnam.
Calculation formula:
Average
expenditure per an international visitor
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Total
expenditure of all respondents
Total
number of respondents
Average
day expenditure per an international visitor
=
Total
expenditure of all survey visitors
Total
number of survey visitors
Total
expenditure of international visitors
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Average
expenditure per an international visitor to Vietnam
x
Total
number of international visitors to Vietnam
2. Major classifications
- Nationality;
- Expenditure type.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data source: Survey
of expenditure of international visitors to Vietnam.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1708. Domestic visitor
expenditure
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This refers to all monies
spent by domestic visitors or group tour representatives during their trips and
stays at destination sites. For the purpose of this indicator, destination
sites are broadly defined as all of places visited during a trip.
Domestic visitor expenditure
divided into 3 major groups refers to expenses for pre-trip, during-trip
(expenses arising during the period of a trip and stay at destination sites)
and post-trip (expenses related to a visitor's trip in his/her resident country
which are incurred after his/her return from such trip) activities, including:
Expenses which are necessary
for pre-trip activities (also called pre-trip cost);
Expenses which newly arise
during the period of trip and stay at destination sites (also called
during-trip cost);
Expenses which arise at a
visitor’s residence after his/her return from his/her trip (also called
after-trip cost);
Calculation formula:
Average
day expenditure per a domestic visitor
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Total
expenditure of all survey domestic visitors
Total
number of days spent by survey domestic visitors
Average
expenditure per a domestic visitor
=
Total
expenditure of all survey domestic visitors
Total
number of survey domestic visitors
Total
domestic visitor expenditure
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Average
expenditure per a domestic visitor
x
Total
number of domestic visitors in a given survey period
2. Major classifications
- Spending type;
- Transport unit;
- Purpose;
- Profession;
- Age and sex;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Survey of households for
collection of tourism information;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Culture, Sports and Tourism.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1801. Human development
index (HDI)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
This indicator is defined as
a composite measure reflecting development of human beings in such dimensions
as health (represented as life expectancy at birth), knowledge (represented as
education index) and income (represented as gross national income per capita).
The value of HDI index
ranges from 0 to 1. The closer to 1 the HDI value score, the higher level of
human development; Conversely, the closer to 0 the HDI value score, the lower
level of human development.
HDI is calculated according
to the formula:
HDI
= (Ihealth x Ieducation x Iincome)I/3
Where:
- Ihealth: Index
of average life expectancy at birth;
- Ieducation:
Index of education calculated by the simple geometric average of mean years of
schooling index and expected years of schooling index;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Expected years of
schooling is a calculation of the number of years that a child aged 5 and older
is expected to spend in schools during their whole life. It is based on an
assumption that the probability of his or her being enrolled in school at any
particular age is equal to the current enrollment ratio for that age.
Calculation formula:

+
∑I = level of education
Etunknown
Ptage
of level of education l/
:Expected years of
schooling of population of age ranging from a to t;
:Number of people currently
enrolling in age-specific schooling grade (of which, i = a, a+1,..n) in the
school year t; n denotes the theoretical upper age-limit of schooling;
:Population of stipulated
school age in the school year t. Age of level 1 denotes the total school age
population of that level in accordance with given regulations;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Iincome – Gross
national income per capita based on purchasing power parity (PPP – USD).
The aforesaid indices of
components are measured according to the following overall formula:
Index
value
=
Actual
value - Minimum value
Maximum
value - Minimum value
In particular, Iincome
is calculated according to the formula:
Iincome
=
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
ln(maximum
value) – ln(minimum value)
2. Release period: Annual.
3. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Mid-year population and
housing survey;
- Annual population change
and family planning survey;
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population;
- Statistics of national
accounts;
- International comparison
program (ICP).
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1802. Poverty rate
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Poverty rate is the percent
ratio of the number of people or households whose average income (or expense)
falls below the poverty line to total population or household being studied.
Calculation formula:
Poverty
rate (%)
=
Number
of study people (households) being studied whose average income (or expense)
per capita falls below the poverty line
x 100
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The poverty line is the
average level of income (or expense) used for determining poor people or
households. People or households whose average income (or expense) per capita
falls below the poverty line are considered poor ones.
The poverty line equal to
food poverty line plus a minimum level of expenses on non-food items, including
houses, clothes, household appliances, and articles for educational,
entertainment, medical, transport and telecommunications purposes, etc.
Food poverty line refers to
value of a basket of food items necessary for a ration of 2,100 Kcal per person
per day.
2. Major classifications
- Major classifications:
Kinh, Chinese or other ethnic group;
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
2. Release period: Annual.
4. Data source: Survey
of living standards of Vietnamese population.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1803. Inequality coefficient
for income distribution (Gini coefficient)
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Gini coefficient (G) is
calculated on the basis of the Lorenz curve which is created by 2 components
such as the cumulative proportion of income of population and cumulative proportion
of that population.
Gini coefficient is
calculated by dividing value of area A (created by the Lorenz curve and the
45-degree straight line from the origin) by aggregated area A+B (defined as
area of the right-angled triangle below that 45-degree straight line).
Calculation formula:

Where:
Fi – Proportion of
population cumulated to ith person;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
When the Lorenz curve coincides
with the 45-degree straight line (line of perfect equality), the Gini
coefficient becomes 0 (since area A is 0) in which case there is the absolutely
equal distribution of income among members in the society and the income is
identical across them. When the Lorenz curve coincides with the horizontal
axis, the Gini coefficient becomes 1 (since area B is 0) in which case
distribution of income among members in the society is absolutely unequal and a
single member receives total income of the whole society. The value of Gini
coefficient ranges from 0 to 1. The closer the Gini coefficient is to 1, the greater
the degree of income inequality among population.

The Gini coefficient
acquires exact value when it is calculated on the basis of average income data
collected from specific inhabitants. However, based on computational
availability and convenience, the Gini coefficient may be calculated on the
basis of data on average income per capita by group of inhabitants. Value of
the Gini coefficient by group of inhabitants is lower than value of the Gini
coefficient by specific inhabitants. The greater the number of groups of
inhabitants, the more accurate the Gini value.
2. Major classifications: Urban/rural.
3. Release period: Biennial.
4. Data source: Survey
of living standards of Vietnamese population.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1804. Percentage of city
dwellers provided with clean drinking water through the centralized water
supply system
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Percentage of city dwellers
provided with clean drinking water refers to the percent ratio of city-dwelling
population provided with clean water to total city-dwelling population.
Calculation formula:
Percentage
of city-dwelling population provided with clean drinking water (%)
=
City-dwelling
population provided with clean drinking water
x
100
Total
city-dwelling population
Clean drinking water is tap
water produced by water treatment plants and provided for inhabitants, and
meets the Ministry of Construction’s regulatory standards.
City-dwelling population
refers to all inhabitants living in 5-class through special-class cities.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data
sources
- Survey of indicators
relating to urban technical infrastructure;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Construction.
1805. Percentage of
population having access to and using improved water source
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Percentage of population
having access to and using improved water source refers to the percent ratio of
population having access to and using improved water source to total
population.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Percentage
of population having access to and using improved water source (%)
=
Population
(falling within the scope of study) having access to and using improved water
source
x
100
Total
population (falling within the scope of study)
Improved water source refers
to water used directly or after undergoing the filtration process in
conformance to required quality standards such as having colorless, tasteless
and odorless properties, and not containing any ingredient that may harm human health,
and can be used for drinking and cooking purposes after being boiled, as well
as other visual requirements as follows:
- Protected dug wells: Lying
at least 10 meters away from toilets, livestock farming facilities or other
pollution sources; having the 0.6-meter headwall constructed with bricks or
stones, or lowering buses or casings to the depth of 3 meters from the ground level;
paving the land surface around the well with watertight concrete sheets, bricks
and stones.
- Protected bored or drilled
wells: Lying at least 10 meters away from toilets, livestock farming facilities
or other pollution sources; paving the land surface around the well with
watertight concrete sheets, bricks and stones.
- Other improved water
sources: Stream or surface water which is not contaminated by human and animal
excreta, chemicals, pesticides or waste substances discharged from industrial
facilities or trade villages; rainwater collected or harvested from brick,
galvanized iron or concrete roof (after an amount of dirty rainwater has been
drained away) and stored in containers, tanks or cisterns which are cleaned
before being used as catchment; spring water defined as groundwater coming to
the surface from cracks or fractures of rock or earth sloped formations and being
not contaminated by human and animal excreta, chemicals, pesticides or waste
substances discharged from industrial facilities or trade villages.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Biennial,
or in the year when the population and housing census takes place.
4. Data sources
- Population and housing
census;
- Survey of living standards
of Vietnamese population.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
1806. Percentage of
population using improved sanitation facilities
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Percentage of population
using improved sanitation facilities refers to the percent ratio of households
having access to toilets or latrines conforming to sanitation standards to
total number of households in a specified year.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Percentage
of population using improved sanitation facilities (%)
=
Number
of households being studied that use improved sanitation facilities
x
100
Total
number of households being studied
Improved sanitation latrines
or toilets must meet standards such as preventing land surface, surface and
ground water from any contamination, controlling the problems of flies, mosquitoes
and smell, dealing successfully with poor aesthetic condition, and hindering
domesticated animals from contact with feces.
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data source: Survey
of living standards of Vietnamese population.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
General Statistics Office.
19. Social order, safety and
criminal justice
1901. Number of traffic
accidents; number of deaths or injuries from traffic accidents
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Traffic accident refers to
any sudden and unexpected event that occurs when traffic participants, who are
operating on public or specialized traffic systems or within public traffic
territories (also called roadway, railway, waterway and airway networks),
violate traffic safety rules due to their negligence or sudden encounter with unexpected
circumstances and incidents to which timely response is not given, and cause
certain harm to human life, health or property.
Single or successive
multiple collisions between traffic participants at a certain time is
considered as a traffic accident case. A traffic accident case happens to
single or multiple traffic accidents.
Traffic accidents result in
personal and property damage. The number of people involved in traffic
accidents includes the number of people injured or deaths due to traffic
accidents.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Injured people refer to
those whose physical, mental activity conditions and normal lives are directly
impacted by traffic accidents. People suffering from nervous shocks or
psychological disorder problems resulted from traffic accidents in which they
and their families have been involved make up the number of injuries.
The number of injuries due
to traffic accidents includes the total number of people with traffic accident
injuries that require medical treatment.
2. Major classifications
- Accident type (roadway/railway/waterway);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
biannual, annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The Ministry of Public Security.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Fire and explosion is
defined as cases of unexpected and out-of-control fires or explosions occurring
at residential zones or establishments, including forest fires and transport
equipment fires, which cause personal and property damage as well as
environmental impacts. Fire or explosion occurring one time is called one case
of fire or explosion.
Damage caused by a fire or
explosion include personal damage (death or injury) and property damage (destruction
or malfunction) measured at current prices.
2. Major classifications
- Fire and/or explosion
type;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
quarterly, biannual, annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Public Security.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1903. Number of criminal cases
and suspects referred to criminal investigations
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of criminal cases
referred to criminal investigations represents the number of cases involving
crimes subject to the decision to investigate criminal cases issued by
competent authorities.
The number of criminal suspects
referred to criminal investigations represents the number of persons or legal
entities subject to the decision to initiate criminal proceedings issued by
competent authorities.
- Rules for determining
crimes:
+ If a criminal case
involves multiple crimes, the most serious crime committed in that case (of
suspects at the beginning of statistical season) is counted as the basis for
statistics on crimes committed in criminal cases;
+ If a suspect is prosecuted
for his/her multiple crimes committed in the same criminal case, the most
serious crime committed in that case is counted as the basis for statistics on
crimes committed in cases;
+ In these cases, if the
said crimes have the same level of seriousness, statistics on crimes committed
in criminal cases is based on the crimes mentioned in the smallest-numbered
Article of the Penal Code.
2. Major classifications
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- The number of suspects further
classified by natural/legal entities; if a suspect is a natural entity, this
indicator is classified by sex and age group;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The Supreme People’s Procuracy.
1904. Number of criminal
cases and defendants referred to criminal prosecutions
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of criminal cases
referred to criminal prosecutions represents the number of criminal cases that
People’s Procuracies have decided to bring in Courts by filing indictments or
prosecution decisions.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Rules for determining
crimes:
+ If a criminal case
involves multiple crimes, the most serious crime committed in that case (of
suspects at the beginning of statistical season) is the basis for statistics on
crimes committed in cases;
+ If a defendant is
prosecuted for his/her multiple crimes committed in the same criminal case, the
most serious crime committed in that case is the basis for statistics on crimes
committed in cases;
+ In these cases, if the
said crimes have the same level of seriousness, statistics on crimes committed
in criminal cases is based on the crimes mentioned in the smallest-numbered
Article of the Penal Code.
2. Major classifications
- Crime;
- The number of criminal
defendants classified by natural/legal entities; if a suspect is a natural
entity, this indicator is classified by sex and age group;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Supreme People’s Procuracy.
1905. The number of criminal
cases ended in convictions and criminal defendants convicted
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of criminal cases
ended in convictions and defendants convicted refers to the number of criminal
cases tried and ended in convictions, and the number of defendants tried and
convicted, by People's Courts of first instance.
2. Major classifications
- Crime/offence group:
According to Chapters in the Penal Code;
- The number of defendants
further classified by sex and age group;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Supreme People’s Court.
1906. Percentage of population
aged 15 years and older affected by violence
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Violence means any willful
act which either results in or has a high likelihood of resulting in physical,
psychological and sexual harm or suffering to other persons.
Scope of this indicator
includes citizens aged fifteen years and older who are victims of violent acts,
regardless of violence inflicted on families or society.
Calculation formula:
Percentage
of population aged 15 years and older affected by violence (%)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
The
number of persons aged 15 years and older affected by violence within a given
statistics period
x
100
Average
population aged 15 years and older within the same period
2. Major classifications
- Urban/ rural;
- Sex;
- Violence type;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Decennial.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The General Statistics Office;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Culture, Sports and Tourism.
1907. Number of visits paid
by people to receive legal aid
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
The number of visits paid by
people to receive legal aid is the number of times people having access to
legal aid are provided with free-of-charge legal services in accordance with
laws and regulations on legal assistance.
People eligible for
free-of-charge legal services are those listed below:
+ Poor people who are
defined as those living below the property line in accordance with laws and
regulations;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Elderly people eligible
for legal aid who are defined as those reaching 60 years of age and over, and
living without family and living alone;
+ Disabled people eligible
for legal aid who are defined as people suffering loss of one or more bodily
organs or functional impairments represented in different disability forms
which cause difficulty in labor, life and learning activities, or those
infected with toxic chemicals and HIV without family care;
+ Children eligible for
legal aid who are defined as those aged under 16 years old and living without
family care;
+ Minority people who
permanently reside in regions facing extreme socio-economic difficulties as
stipulated by laws;
+ Victims defined by
legislation and Law on Prevention and Control of Human Trafficking;
+ Other people eligible to
have access to legal aid as defined in international treaties to which the
Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a party.
Calculation method:
In a given reporting period,
one person provided with free-of-charge legal services for 01 issue or matter
is counted as 01 time (i.e. 01 visit), and 02 times (i.e. 02 visits) for 02
issues or matters.
In a given reporting period,
one person provided with free-of-charge legal services 02 times per 01 issue or
matter is counted as 01 visit per person having access to legal aid.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
In particular, if a person
provided with legal aid is both a poor and minority one, statistical data
thereof shall be input into the column of both poor and minority people, but
shall not do that for the separate columns of either poor or minority people.
If a person provided with
legal aid belongs to a particular group of people (those who are victims of
domestic violence or sexual abuse), they are classified into both people eligible
for legal aid and particular people eligible for legal aid for statistical
purposes.
Particular people eligible
for legal aid refer to those meeting both of 2 requirements:
- People eligible to have
access to legal aid who are defined in laws on legal assistance;
- Victims of family and
domestic violence, or victims of sexual abuse.
Victims of family and
domestic who are victims directly affected by family and domestic violent acts
referred to in Article 2 of the Law on prevention and control of family and
domestic violence.
Victims of sexual abuse who
are victims affected by sexual abuse acts referred to in Article 141 through
Article 147 of the Penal Code.
2. Major classifications
- People eligible to have
access to legal aid;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Justice.
1908. Results of civil
judgment enforcement
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Results of civil judgment
enforcement measure the actual performance outcomes of a civil judgment
enforcement agency in enforcement of court verdicts or judgments which have
already entered into force. Results of civil judgement enforcement mean the
number of cases, amounts of money gained from cases in which civil judgments
have been fully enforced in a given statistics period (this period will start from
September 31 to October 1 in the following year in order to ensure consistency
with data and statistics period assigned by the Government that sends the
annual statistical report to the National Assembly).
The number of cases in which
civil judgements are fully enforced includes cases in which law enforcers have fully
implemented judgements, suspended all of the rights and obligations arising in decisions
to enforce judgments, or cases in which a part of rights and obligations arising
in judgments has been implemented but the remaining part thereof have been
entrusted (since civil judgement enforcement agency acts as the fiduciary of
this entrusted part, it must reflect these cases as new ones in its statistical
report), suspended, mitigated and eliminated from procedures for enforcement of
civil judgements.
With respect to cases in
which monetary amounts and property have already been collected by civil
judgment enforcement agency which has then informed judgement creditors and prepared
payment notes sent along with these amounts by post by reason of their failure
to contact it to claim possession thereof, or has deposited these amounts in
banks and prepared separate logbooks thereof by reason of its failure to identify
recipients’ addresses, or has had these amounts or property handled by proper
competent authorities in accordance with laws, they are considered as those in
which civil judgements have been fully enforced.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
With respect to monetary
amounts and property already been collected by civil judgment enforcement
agency which has then informed judgement creditors and prepared payment notes
sent along with these amounts by post by reason of their failure to contact it
to claim possession thereof, or has deposited these amounts in banks and
prepared separate logbooks thereof by reason of its failure to identify
recipients’ addresses, or has had these amounts or property handled by proper
competent authorities in accordance with laws, they are considered as paid
civil judgement amounts.
Calculation formula:
Percentage
of cases (concerning…) in which judgements have been fully enforced (%)
=
The
number of cases in which judgments have been fully enforced + the number of
cases in which judgments have been suspended
x
100
The
total number of cases in which judgements are enforceable
(Where the total number of
cases in which judgements are enforceable = the total number of cases in which
judgements have to be enforced – the number of cases in which judgements have
yet to be enforceable)
Percentage
of cases in which monetary judgements have been fully enforced (%)
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Paid
civil judgement amounts + Civil judgement suspension amounts + Civil
judgement mitigation amounts
x
100
Total
enforceable judgement sum
(Where the total
enforceable judgement sum = Total judgement sum payable – Total unenforceable
judgement sum)
2. Major classifications
- Civil judgment enforcement
agency (Directorate of Civil Judgement Enforcement, Department of Civil
Judgement Enforcement and Subdepartment of Civil Judgement Enforcement);
- Case.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
20. Environmental protection
2001. Current forest area
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Current forest area refers
to area of land, in a given observation time, covered by ecological systems
consisting of forest flora, fauna, microorganisms, soils and other
environmental components.
Current forest cover refers
to area main components including forest crops like timber, bamboos,
neohouzeaua bamboos and white bamboos, etc., or particular plant system, and
having shade area of at least 10% of total forest area, including forest
cultivated and naturally grown on production, protection and special-use forest
land.
a) Production forest area is
cultivated area of forest used for forest production purposes in accordance with
laws on forest protection and development. Production forest area is detailed
in the forest plan to serve the purpose of production of wood, timber logs,
paper materials and other products incidental to production and life
activities.
b) Protection forest area is
area of forest cultivated as upstream, soil and ecological environment
protection forests which are planned to provide benefits such as water
retention, flood, erosion control, climate conditioning, wind, sand resistance
for protection of irrigation structures, hydropower plants, production and
human life activities in accordance with laws on forest protection and
development.
c) Special-use forest area
is area of forest mostly used for such purposes as scientific researches,
experiments, natural conservation, standard specimens of national forest
ecosystems, forest genetic resources, protection of historical, cultural
monuments and scenic landscapes, protective functions, and contribution towards
environmental protection, in accordance with laws on forest protection and
development. Special-use forest consists of:
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Encompass standard
specimens of basic ecosystems which remain intact or less impacted by humans,
and forests that have high cultural and tourism value;
+ Have adequate space to
accommodate one or more ecosystems, and are not subjected to any change
inflicted by human adverse impacts;
+ Have at least 70% of spatial
coverage of ecosystem to be conserved;
+ Have relatively convenient
traffic conditions.
- Nature conserve (also
called nature reserve and species conservation area) defined as a natural region
which is established to ensure that natural succession occurs and meets the
following requirements:
+ Have a reserve of natural
resources and high biodiversity value;
+ Have high value with
respect to the science, education and tourism field;
+ Have endemic plant and
animal species, or provide habitats, shelters and food for precious and rare
wild animals;
+ Have sufficient space for
one or more ecosystems with more than 70% of spatial coverage of ecosystem to
be conserved.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
+ Forests with beautiful
scenes lying inland, along the seashore or on islands;
+ Forests with cultural and
historical monuments which have been officially ranked.
2. Major classifications
- Forest type (classified by
planting purposes);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources
- Forest inventory;
- National statistical
reporting system.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2002. Protected forest area
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Protected forest area refers
to forest area authorized of which good management, protection and operation
are authorized from the Government in order to prevent forest-damaging elements
such as encroachment for farming production and illegal hunting purposes.
Protected forest area
comprises area of production, protection and special-use forests of which
management and protection are authorized to forest owners as of a specified
time period.
2. Major classifications
a) For a period of 6 months,
it is classified by forest types.
b) For a period of a year,
it is classified by:
- Forest type;
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Biannual,
annual.
4. Data sources
- Forest inventory;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies responsible
for data collection and aggregation: The Ministry of Agriculture
and Rural Development.
2003. Forest cover
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Calculation formula:
Forest
cover (%) = 
Where:
- Shcr denotes current
forest area;
- Stn denotes total natural
land area.
2. Major classifications
- Forest type (classified by
planting purposes);
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Forest inventory;
- National statistical
reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.
2004. Number of natural
hazard events and level of injury
1. Definition and content
Natural hazard event refer
to a disaster caused by natural forces such as storms, floods, inundations,
tornadoes, earthquakes, landslides, flood-tides, salinity intrusion, tsunamis,
volcanoes, lightning strikes, hails, frosts, extreme heat, droughts, etc.
Number of natural hazard
events refers to total natural disasters that happen within a given reporting
period and cause certain impacts on different geographical regions.
Level of injury includes
level of harm or damage to humans and property caused by natural hazards. Injuries
to humans include the number of dead, missed and wounded people; injury to
property is estimated by calculation of total cash value of property subject to
damage caused by natural hazards.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
- Type of natural hazard;
- Region;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Monthly,
annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.
2005. Coverage proportion of
nature reserves
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
This is calculated as the
coverage proportion in percent of recognized terrestrial nature reserve
(including national forests, nature reserves, species – biosphere reserves and
protected landscape areas) to total natural land area within the territory of
centrally-affiliated cities or provinces.
Calculation formula:
Coverage
proportion of nature reserves (%)
=
Total
coverage area of recognized nature reserves situated within
centrally-governed cities and provinces
x 100
Total
natural land area of centrally-governed cities and provinces
2. Major classifications: Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
5. Regulatory entities
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment.
2006. Area of degraded land
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Degraded land refers to any
land of which intrinsic characteristics and attributes have been changed (in an
adverse manner) due to effects of natural and human conditions.
Degradation is likely to
cause impacts on land of all kinds such as production, forestry, aquacultural,
unused flat, mountainous and hilly land.
Degraded land includes land
subject to drought and desertification; uncultivated and abandoned land; slumped
land; land subject to topsoil, literite concretion; land subject to compaction
and crusting; land subject to soil pollution; eroded land; flooded land,
salinized and alkalized land.
Calculation formula:
Total
area of degraded land
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
Area
of land subject to light degradation
+
Area
of land subject to moderate degradation
+
Area
of land subject to severe degradation
Classification of land
degradation severity (severe, moderate and light) conforms to technical
regulations on survey of land degradation adopted by the Ministry of Natural
Resources and Environment.
2. Major classifications
- Degradation form;
- Land type (land used for
agricultural, forestry and aquacultural production and unused flat,
mountainous, hilly and sloped land);
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Quinquennial.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory entities
responsible for data collection and aggregation: The
Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment.
2007. Proportion of
hazardous wastes which have been treated
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Wastes refer to any
substance which is discharged from production, business, service or daily
routine and other activities.
Hazardous wastes refer to wastes
having toxic, radioactive, inflammable, explosive, corrosive, poisonous or
other hazardous attributes.
Proportion of hazardous
wastes which have been treated refers to the percent ratio of hazardous wastes which
have already undergone treatment processes (including recycling, co-processing
and recovery of energy generated from hazardous wastes) conformable to national
regulations to total discharge volume of hazardous wastes.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
2. Major classifications
- Existence state of
hazardous waste: solid/liquid/gas;
- Centrally-governed
province/ city.
3. Release period: Annual.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Industry and Trade; the Ministry of Science and Technology.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
1. Definition and
calculation methodology
Greenhouse gas refers to
components of the atmosphere, including natural gases and gases emitted from
human activities, which absorb and emit radiation of certain wavelengths within
the thermal infrared range from the Earth’s surface, atmosphere and clouds.
These are contributors of greenhouse effect referring to containment of infrared
radiation in the lower atmosphere by greenhouse gases absorbing radiation from
the earth surface and radiating it back downward which leads to warming of
lower atmospheric layer and earth surface. According to Kyoto Protocol, main
greenhouse gas emissions are CO2, CH4, N2O,
HFCs, PFCs, SF6.
Data on greenhouse gas
emissions, converted into CO2 emissions, are compiled nationwide.
Calculation formula:
Greenhouse
gas emissions per capita (cubic ton)
=
Total
greenhouse gas emissions converted into CO2 emissions in a
specified year (cubic ton)
Average
population in that year (person)
Emission of specific greenhouse
gas is calculated according to the similar formula.
...
...
...
Hãy đăng nhập hoặc đăng ký Thành viên
Pro tại đây để xem toàn bộ văn bản tiếng Anh.
3. Release period: Biennial.
4. Data sources: National
statistical reporting system.
5. Regulatory bodies
responsible for data collection and aggregation
- Principal investigator:
The Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment;
- Collaborator: The Ministry
of Planning and Investment, the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development,
the Ministry of Construction, the Ministry of Industry and Trade, the Ministry
of Transport, People’s Committees of centrally-affiliated cities and provinces.